quick change and 9” rears

Transcription

QUICK CHANGE AND 9” REARS
DIAGRAM 1
Winters manufactures a complete line of Quick Change and 9”
Rears (see 9” catalog). With two minute gear changes and over
65 ratios to choose from, the
Quick Change obviously has
DIAGRAM 2
differences. All Winters’ Quick
Changes use spiral bevel ring
& pinions It’s the most efficient
ring & pinion available. Pinion
placement of a spiral bevel ring
9” STYLE
& pinion (see diagram 1) uses
less power, is more efficient
and runs cooler than hypoid
type. Hypoid ring & pinions
create more sliding action,
SPRINT CENTER 10” QC
increasing heat and power loss. Hypoid ring & pinions consume more power than spiral bevel ring &
pinions. However, a 9” does not use quick change
gears. Adding quick change gears virtually evens
V8 8 3/8” QC
these numbers. For example: If your 5:42 ratio 9”
hypoid uses 14hp, your 5:42 ratio Quick Change uses
14hp. When you factor in being able to fine tune your
ratio, you can see more advantage. Depending on
which Quick Change you use, drive shaft height will
FRONT QC
vary (see diagram 2). However, compared to a 9” rear,
these differences should only enhance drive shaft
alignment and increase transmission seal life.
Weights are comparable. You can expect 110-120 lbs.
7” QC
in a 9” depending on which housing, third member
and spool are installed. A Quick Change complete
with quick change gears installed varies between
100-115 lbs. A Quick Change may require more clearance than a 9” (see diagram 2). Winters manufactures
XTREMELINER QC
several different sized Quick Changes. If clearance is
a factor, consider our Front Quick Change. This
option allows the use of a Quick Change without
chassis modification.
©2011 Winters Performance Products, Inc.
8” 4.11 2ND GENERATION
See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.
1
BEARING INFORMATION
Angular Contact Pinion Bearings (Option 8244S-P)
As an option, Winters builds what is referred to as “low drag rears” by substituting angular contact pinion
bearings in place of our standard issue tapered roller pinion bearings. Be aware, angular contact pinion bearings have approximately 20% capacity compared to Winters’ tapered roller bearings. Frequent pinion bearing inspection will be required. Inspect pinion end play when changing Quick Change Gears. Grab top pinion shaft to
make sure you have no in and out movement. If movement is present, make sure your pinion locknut is tight.
Recheck if pinion end play exceeds .004. Replace pinion bearing pack.
Angular Contact Carrier Bearings (Option 8244S-CT)
Considering flywheel and rotating weight, this assembly is the largest moving object inside a Quick Change
(standard aluminum spool w/ 10” ring gear weighs 17 lbs). Angular Contact Carrier (Differential) Bearings have
similar capacity limitations. However, since the carrier rotates at much slower revolutions per minute, the
bearing life is usually satisfactory in all but the highest horsepowered cars. These bearings need to be
inspected every 1/2 season. Disassemble rear and inspect for excessive wear or cracking of the brass ball
cage. If present, replace bearings and reassemble.
What are the benefits of using Angular Contact Bearings in your new rear?
Roughly 10 In-Lb “less” torque is required to turn the pinion on a new rear with angular contact bearings as
compared to an equivalent new rear with standard issue tapered roller bearings. A new standard tapered roller
bearing rear will require 30 In-Lb of torque to turn the pinion when you purchase it from the factory. When you
race it one or two races, check it for drag. You will find it to be the same as an angular contact equipped rear,
the difference being the roller bearings “break in” much like the rings in your engine cylinder. Because tapered
roller bearings are “over kill” strength wise, they will carry load almost forever with out failure. The virtue of
angular contact bearings is they have very low drag and are at their peak strength when new. In a rear end
application they are being stressed to the max, well beyond their designed load carrying capability for
durability. Because of the working environment in the rear end, they are over stressed and at some point will
need to be replaced.
The bottom line is that durability and reliability are at stake. You decide which is best for your application.
EDM Ring Gear or Lightweight Ring Gear (Option 8202-Ratio)
Although ring and pinion life is not affected, lightweight ring gears have a tendency to work loose. Inspect
every 1/2 season. Disassemble rear assembly and retorque ring gear bolts to 60 Ft-Lbs. If you find any ring gear
bolts loose, remove bolts, clean and install using Red Loctite®. Retorque to 60 Ft-Lbs. If you remove ring gear,
make sure you mark the ring gear and carrier. Install at the same location.
WEIGHT SAVING OPTIONS
Tapered Bearing
Angular Contact Bearing
2
Compared to Standard 4.86 Rear
OPTION
DESCRIPTION
8111
4.12 Ring & Pinion
8111-8
8” 4.11 Ring & Pinion
8111-8S
8” 4.11 Ring & Pinion, Short
8126
Titanium Thru Bolts
8130
Ultralight Aluminum Spool
8182B Aluminum Yoke w/ Stainless Steel Sleeve
8184
Gundrilled Lower Shaft
8202-412
EDM Ring Gear
8202-486
EDM Ring Gear
8202-V8
8” EDM Ring Gear
8296-412
O.D. 8 7/8” Ring Gear
8299
Gundrilled Pinion Shaft
SAVINGS
0.65 lbs
3.50 lbs
3.80 lbs
1.35 lbs
0.65 lbs
1.45 lbs
1.30 lbs
0.85 lbs
0.75 lbs
1.25 lbs
2.10 lbs
0.45 lbs
TABLE OF CONTENTS
A
Aluminum Locker 10” ................................................31
Aluminum Locker 8 3/8” ............................................32
Angular Contact Bearings ........................................118
Assembly Options .................................................102-105
Axle Formulas ........................................................108-112
Axles............................................................................85
Axle Tubes.............................................................56-58, 60
Axle Tubes & Bells.....................................................61
B
Bell Components........................................................52
Bell & Tube Assemblies.............................................61
Bells ..........................................................................50-51
Bell & Tube Thru Bolts...............................................61
Brake Lining ...............................................................87
C
Caliper Mounting Brackets........................................87
Camber Spec Info ..................................................106-107
Center Components...................................................48
Center Kits ..................................................................43
Center Sections.......................................................41-42
D
Differentials..............................................................28-32
Differential Components ...........................................33
Dimensional Data ..................................................108-112
Drive Flanges ...........................................................76-77
Drive Flanges, Wide 5 ..........................................70, 74-75
Drive Line, Dirt Modified............................................49
Drive Shaft Components ...........................................49
F
Frequently Asked Questions ...................................120
G
Gear Charts.............................................................97-101
Gear Covers.............................................................54-55
Gear Cover Components ..........................................53
Grease.........................................................................95
H
Hub Accessories, Wide 5 ........................................70-71
Hub Assembly, 2” GN..............................................81-82
Hub Assembly, 2 1/2” GN ..........................................78
Hub Assembly, 2 1/2” Rear Wide 5 ...........................72
Hub Assembly, 2 7/8” Wide 5 ....................................73
Hub Assembly, 5 on 5” & 5 on 4 3/4”........................62
Hub Assembly, Baby Grand ......................................83
Hub Assembly, Pro Eliminator ..................................80
Hub Assembly, Pro Eliminator 2 7/8” .......................63
Hub Assembly, Superspeedway ...............................79
Hub Assembly, Wide 5 ............................................64-69
I
Important Information...............................................119
L
Lockers.....................................................................31-32
Lower Shafts...............................................................45
Lug Nuts .....................................................................84
M
Master Cylinders........................................................91
O
Oil, Rear End Lube .....................................................95
Oil Circulators ............................................................34
Oil Screen ...................................................................48
Options, Ring & Pinion .............................................102
Options, Rear End Assembly ...............................103-105
Overhaul Kits .............................................................44
Pedal Components.................................................90-91
Pinion Nut Assembly .................................................40
Pump Assembly .........................................................34
Q
Quick Change Gears ..............................................97-101
Quick Release ............................................................94
R
Rear, 7” QC...............................................................26-27
Rear, 8” 4.11 Ring & Pinion.......................................8-9
Rear, Champ V10 .....................................................10-11
Rear, Front 10” QC ..................................................14-15
Rear, Heavy Duty 10” QC ........................................12-13
Rear, Mini 8 3/8” QC ................................................22-23
Rear, Mini 8 3/8” Non-QC ........................................24-25
Rear, 10” Non-QC ....................................................16-17
Rear, Sprint Center 10” QC.......................................6-7
Rear, V8 8 3/8” QC ...................................................20-21
Rear, Xtremeliner 10” QC........................................18-19
Rear Assembly Options ........................................103-105
Ring & Pinions............................................................39
Ring & Pinion Options ..............................................102
Ring & Pinion Assemblies ......................................35-39
Ring & Pinion Components.......................................40
Rotor Hats...................................................................87
Rotors .........................................................................86
S
Seal Plates ..................................................................48
Set Up, Closed Tube 10” .......................................113-115
Set Up, Non-QC 10” ..................................................116
Set Up, Mini 8 3/8” & V8 ............................................117
Side Bells .................................................................50-51
Side Bell Components ...............................................52
Side Tubes.............................................................56-58, 60
Spindles, 2 7/8” Aluminum Front..............................72
Spindles, Bolt On .......................................................59
Spools .........................................................................34
Studs ...........................................................................84
Steering Quick Release.............................................94
T
T-Nut Kit, Rotors.........................................................86
Technical Information........................................108-112, 119
Thru Bolts, Tube & Bell..............................................61
Tools............................................................................95
Torsion Bars.............................................................92-93
Torsion Stops .............................................................92
Track Star 10”, Differential ........................................28
Triple Track 10”, Differential......................................29
Triple Track 8 3/8”, Differential..................................32
Tubes .....................................................................56-58, 60
Tubes & Bells..............................................................61
U
U-Bolts ........................................................................47
Urethane Differential 10”...........................................30
W
Wedgelock 8 3/8”, Differential...................................32
Wheel Studs................................................................84
Wide 5 Drive Flanges ...........................................70, 74-75
Wide 5 Front Hub Caps..............................................71
Winters Offset Track 10”, Differential.......................30
Winters Track 10”, Differential ..................................30
Winters Goodies ........................................................96
Y
Yokes ......................................................................46-47
P
Pedals .......................................................................88-90
3
NEW PRODUCTS
8” 4.11 Ring & Pinion In A Full Size 10” Housing
See pages 8, 9, 36 & 42 for more details.
Want Real Low Drag? Stick This In Your Rear!
1 1/2” More Fuel Cell Clearance!
EDM 8” Ring Gear Bolts
Directly To All Full Size
Spools, Differentials,
Lockers, Etc.
•Direct Replacement
•20% Smaller & Lighter Vs. 10” Ring Gear
•Reduced Flywheel & Unsprung Weight
•Quicker Acceleration & Deceleration
•More Gain In Lower HP Applications
Weighs 5.75 lbs
Champ V10 Quick Change
See pages 10 & 42 for more details.
Exposed Quick Change Gears
Makes For Easier Gear Changes!
4
•Center/Gear Cover Combination Interchanges With All Other Components
•Standard Big Bearing Gear Cover With Internal Bearing Retainers
•Recessed High Nuts Increase Clearance
•All Low Drag Bearing & Seal Options Available
NEW PRODUCTS
6 Rib Side Bell
See page 50 for more details.
Available in Magnesium and Aluminum, our
super strong, permanent mold construction
replaces sand cast method.
Internal and external webbing
increases strength, durability and
eliminates bell flex.
Billet Aluminum Gear Cover
Optional Engraving!
Tell us what you
want on your cover and
we will custom machine
to your specs.
Sponser Name,
Logo, Driver Name,
Car Number, Etc.
Dirt Modified Drive Line
This 32-32 spline, gundrilled drive shaft
coupled with our 32 spline u-bolt design.
Aluminum slip yoke competes with the weight
of a titanium one, but without the expense.
Stud Kits
For use with 5 on 5” & 5 on 4 3/4” Hub Assemblies. See pages 62 & 84 for more details.
PRESS-IN STUDS
SCREW-IN STUDS
Update your
current hub with
extra long studs
with quick start
lug nut pilot.
Hub assembly
shown with super
trick, 1” longer
studs with quick
start lug nut pilot
5
SPRINT CENTER
4.86 Ring & Pinion Standard
ASSEMBLIES
P/N 5063 - 2 1/2” GN
P/N 5260 - Baby Grand
P/N 5270 - Wide 5
P/N 5280* - 8 Bolt
P/N 6790 - 2” GN
P/N 6960 - Short Wide 5
P/N 2810 - Super Speedway
*Spindles not included in rear assembly. See page 59.
•These assemblies are also available with magnesium
castings. When ordering a magnesium assembly, add
prefix ‘K’ to the P/N (Example K5270)
Shown with Option 8208,
8252B & 8186P
10” RING GEAR - 12 BOLT
Often imitated, never duplicated! Winters 10” Sprint Center Quick Change is the best of the best! Factory built
with the finest materials inside and out. This go to rear is the standard of the industry. Dollar for dollar, pound for
pound, no other rear comes close!
Available options provide combinations to suit many applications. Available in magnesium and aluminum. Order
closed tube assembly part number with Option 8133 to specify Sprint Center. Every Sprint Center rear is built
with Option 8104 Posi-Lock, Option 8143 Pinion Nose Roller Bearing, and Option 8115 31 Spline
Aluminum Spool.
OPTIONS
DIMENSIONAL DATA
Options shown in Blue are Popular Options
Options highlighted in Yellow are Low Drag Options
CENTER OPTIONS
Longer Thrubolts Available
Option 8249 6” Thrubolt (specify qty., steel only)
Option 8249L 6 1/2” Thrubolt (specify qty., steel only)
6
In applications requiring solid seal
plate order Option 8268 (see page 48).
In applications requiring less seal plate
order Option 9116.
8104
Pinion Posi-Lock Assembly
8106
Heat Treated Lower Shaft
8110
Pump Assembly
8111
4.12 Ring & Pinion
8126
Tittanium Thrubolts
8133
Sprint Center
8137
Heavy Duty Gear Cover
8143
Pinion Nose Roller Bearing
8168
Big Bearing Gear Cover
8182B
Aluminum Drive Yoke
8184
HT Gundrilled Lower Shaft
8199
Viton Seal, Seal Plate
81486
Spread Bearing 4.86 Ring & Pinion
81486R
Reverse Rotation 4.86 Ring & Pinion
81457
4.57 Ring & Pinion
8202-XXX EDM Ring Gear (specify ratio)
8208
Thermal Dispersant Coating
8218-RP REM Ring & Pinion
8218-BRG REM Bearing (# is per Bearing)
8225
Gear Cover w/ Int. Brg. Retainers
8244S-P Low Drag Brgs, Pinion, Steel
8252
Big Brg. Gear Cover w/ Retainers
8252B
Billet BB Gear Cover w/ Retainers
8264
Gear Cover w/ Pump
8268
Solid Seal Plate
8275
1350 Series Yoke
8298
Low Drag Carrier Seals
8299
8115
8121W
DIFFERENTIAL OPTIONS
Aluminum Spool (pg. 34)
Winters Track (pg. 30)
8130
8171
8171L
8180
8183A
8231
8244S-CT
8136
8136P
8155
8155P
8155PM
8186P
8253
Ultralight Alum. Spool (pg. 34)
Aluminum Locker (pg. 31)
L. W. Alum. Locker (pg. 31)
Urethane Differential (pg. 30)
Aluminum Triple Track (pg. 29)
Track Star (pg. 28)
Low Drag Brgs, Differential, Steel
BELL OPTIONS (pgs. 50-51)
Lightweight 4 Rib Bell
Lightweight 4 Rib Bell w/ Insp. Plug
Heavy Duty 8 Rib Bell
Heavy Duty 8 Rib Bell w/ Insp. Plug
L. W. 6 Rib Bell w/ Insp. Plug
6 Rib Bell w/ Insp. Plug (for pump use)
8131
8132*
8138
8140
8151
8181L
8181R
8190*
8190A*
8201
8213
8237
8237-8
8239
8263
Turned Down Side Tubes
Alum. 8 Bolt Tubes (Thick Flg/Modified)
Aluminum Tubes w/ Steel Spindles
One Piece Aluminum Tubes
Swaged Tubes
Camber, Specify Up or Down
Thin Flanged 8 Bolt Tubes
Thin Flanged Aluminum 8 Bolt Tubes
Internal Aluminum Tube Seal
2 1/2” Wide 5 Tubes
Tube & Bell Locknut Assy., 4 & 6 Rib
Tube & Bell Locknut Assy., 8 Rib
2 7/8” Aluminum Tubes
2 7/8” Steel Tubes
TUBE OPTIONS
*Spindles not included. See page 59.
SPRINT CENTER
56
55
45
54
44
50
51
3
12
4
6
38
7
13
9
10
61
Use Mobil-1® 70-90
Thrubolts-35 Ft. Lbs.
14
10
Seal Plate Bolts-20 Ft. Lbs.
17
Left Bell Adjuster Screw-Snug up, then back
off 1/4 turn, use red thread lock on jam nut.
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
16
1
16
28
29
33
9
58
8
59
7
34
35
6
15
The REM® Process, used
in finishing gears, increases
performance by virtually eliminating gear friction and wear,
also reducing oil temperature.
Nothing comes close to being
as friction free.
27
31
47
46
In applications requiring
solid seal plate order
Option 8268
(see page 48)
60
Pinion Retaining Plate Bolts-25 Ft. Lbs.
32
40
42
37
36
5
Non-Threaded Ring Gear Bolt and Locknut35 Ft. Lbs.
30A
39
41
8
Threaded Ring Gear Bolts-60 Ft. Lbs.
using red thread lock.
30
49
43
11
57
TORQUE SPECS
48
P/N 8218-RP
(Ring & Pinion)
P/N 8218-LS
(Lower Shaft)
P/N 8218-BRG
(Bearings)
51
53
2
51
52
Tube & Bell Thru-Bolt With
Flange Locknut Assembly
Option 8237 (4 & 6 Rib)
or Option 8237-8 (8 Rib)
See pages 100-101 for Winters 10 Spline Quick Change Gears
See Pages 103-105 for Options
See pages 113-115 Complete Closed Tube Set-up Instructions
PARTS LIST
#
DESCRIPTION
1*
Aluminum “Sprint” Center Section
2*
Aluminum 6 Rib Right Side Bell
3*
Aluminum 6 Rib Left Side Bell
4*
31 Spline Aluminum Spool
5*
4.86 Ratio Ring & Pinion, Standard
6*
O’Ring, 8 Rib Bell
6*
O’Ring, 4 & 6 Rib Bell
7*
Seal, Side Bell
7*
Seal, Side Bell, Viton
8*
Bearing Cup, Side Bell
9*
Bearing Cone, Steel Spools & Differentials
9* Bearing Cone, Aluminum Spools & Differentials
10*
Shim Kit, Steel Spools & Differentials
10*
Shim Kit, Aluminum Spools & Differentials
11
Ring Gear Bolt, Threaded Ring Gear
12
3/8” Belleville Washer, Threaded Ring Gear
13
3/8” Recessed Socket Head Pipe Plug
14
Roller Bearing, Pinion Nose
15
Shielded Ball Bearing, Lower Shaft
16*
Bearing Cone, Pinion Shaft
17*
Double Bearing Cup, Pinion Shaft
18
Bearing Washer
19
Posi-Lock Nut, Pinion Shaft
20
O’Ring, Posi-Lock
21
Posi-Lock Retainer, Pinion Shaft
22
Retaining Ring, Pinion
23
Retaining Plate, Pinion
24
Lock Tab
25
3/8-16 x 1” HHCS, Retaining Plate
26
Quick Change Gear Set (Not Included)
27*
Gasket, Gear Cover
28*
Gear Cover, Less Bearings
29*
Ball Bearing, Gear Cover
30*
O’Ring, Bearing Cap
30A*
Back-up Ring, O’Ring
31*
Bearing Cap
32*
1/4-20 x 1” SHCS
33
3/8-16 Aluminum High Nut
P/N
5840
1663-01B
1663-02
5034-11A
5400
7403
7403T
7205
7283V
7310
7309
7340
5097
5295
7852
7815
7111B
7331
7339
7308
7307
5055
6485R
7445
6484
5020
6296A
2374
7110
8500
6729
K6583
7521
7406
7496
1667
7955
7794A
QTY
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
12
12
2
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
6
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
6
10
#
34
35*
36
37*
37*
38
39
40*
40*
41*
41*
41*
42
43
44
45*
45*
46*
47*
47*
47*
47*
48
49
50*
51
52
53
54*
54*
55
56
57
58*
58*
59
60
61
DESCRIPTION
5/16” Diameter Ball, Gear Cover
3/8-16 x 1 3/4” Stud, Gear Cover
Retaining Ring, Lower Shaft
Standard Lower Shaft
Option, Gundrilled, Open Drive Lower Shaft
Front Ball Bearing, Lower Shaft
O’Ring, Seal Plate
Retaining Ring, Seal Plate, .375” Seal
Seal, Seal Plate, .375” Thin Seal
Seal, Seal Plate, .750” Thick Seal
Seal, Seal Plate, .750” Viton Seal
O’Ring, Seal
Seal Plate, .750” Seal
3/8” SAE Flatwasher
3/8-16 x 1” HHCS, Seal Plate
3/8-16 x 1 1/4” HHCS, Seal Plate
Spacer, Drive Yoke (Not used with 3533)
Drive Yoke, Steel, 1310 Series
Drive Yoke, Steel, Threaded, 1310 Series
Drive Yoke, Billet Aluminum, 1310 Series
Drive Yoke, Steel with Integral Spacer
Retaining Washer, Drive Yoke
3/8-24 x 1” HHCS, Drive Yoke
7/16-20 x 5 1/2” Thrubolt
7/16” SAE Flatwasher, Thrubolt
7/16-20 Flanged Locknut, Thrubolt
7/16-14 x 1 1/4” HHCS
1/2-13 Adjusting Screw, 8 Rib Side Bell
1/2-13 Adjusting Screw, 4 & 6 Rib Side Bell
1/2” SAE Flatwasher, Adjusting Screw
1/2-13 Jam Nut, Adjusting Screw
Thrustblock, Adjusting Screw
3/8-24 x 1” HHCS, 4 Rib Side Bell
3/8-24 x 3/4” HHCS, 6 & 8 Rib Side Bell
O’Ring, Inspection Plug
Inspection Plug
P/N
7398
7802
7610
5003-02
1550
7390
7413
7653
7652
7204
7204T
7204V
7474
5018-01ML
7114
7110
7107
6532
5038
5038B
5038AS
3533
5037
7109Y
7176
7178
7177
7117
7155
6149
7167
7137
5010
7109
7109S
7114
7454
6857
QTY
10
10
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
6
6
6
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
10
22
10
2
1
1
1
1
1
16
12
16
1
1
* Part Numbers in this list may vary depending on options ordered at time of purchase. Please check the assembly tag included with your rear.
7
8” 4.11 RING AND PINION
IN A FULL SIZE 10” HOUSING
ASSEMBLIES
To order any Full Size 10” Quick Change or
Center Kit with an 8” Ring Gear add the
following Options:
1ST GENERATION
Option 8111-8 4.11 Ring & Pinion
Option 8133-8 Sprint Center
2ND GENERATION
Option 8111-8S 4.11 Ring & Pinion Short
Option 8133-8S Sprint Center Short
The center kit retrofits into all
existing full size quick change rears.
Use your tubes, side bells and quick
change gears and replace your 10”
ring gear with our new 8” ring gear,
which bolts to your carrier (spool,
Trackstar, Locker, etc.).
NOTE: Aluminum spool shown is
not included in center section kit.
Shown with Option 8208,
8252B & 8155PM
LIGHT YEARS AHEAD OF THE COMPETITION!
Although appearances may be deceiving, this full size quick change uses a New 8” Ring Gear that is 20% smaller and 20%
lighter, reducing flywheel weight and unsprung weight. From a performance standpoint, this 8” Ring Gear will accelerate and
de-accelerate quicker than a 10” Ring Gear. All cars will benefit, although lower horsepower cars can expect more gain than
higher horsepower cars.
All Low Drag Bearing & Seal Options Available!
OPTIONS
DIMENSIONAL DATA
CENTER OPTIONS
8104
8106
8110
Pump Assembly
8111-8
4.12 Ring & Pinion
8111-8S 4.12 Ring & Pinion Short
8126
Tittanium Thrubolts
8133-8
Sprint Center
8133-8S Sprint Center Short
8137
8168
Big Bearing Gear Cover
8182B
Aluminum Drive Yoke
8184
8199
81486R
8202-V8 EDM Ring Gear (specify ratio)
8208
8225
8252
Big Brg. Gear Cover w/ Retainers
8252B
8264
Gear Cover w/ Pump
8268
Solid Seal Plate
8275
1350 Series Yoke
8298
8299
8
8115
8121W
8130
8171
8171L
8180
8183A
8231
8244S-CT
8136
8136P
8155
8155P
8155PM
8186P
8253
Track Star (pg. 28)
8131
8132*
8138
8140
8151
8181L
8181R
8190*
8190A*
8201
8213
8237
8237-8
8239
8263
Swaged Tubes
TUBE OPTIONS
8” 4.11 RING AND PINION
IN A FULL SIZE 10” HOUSING
25
24
23
st d
ate uce
l
s
d
45
thi , re s no
49
44
e
e
g
48
1ST GENERATION
n
nc on
ha ara opti
43
C
e
l
42
41
ick ll c nd
47
40
46
Qu l ce es a
39
r
e ag
38
te
en re fuvant
C
o
13
37
int m ad
pr /2” has
36
S
1 r
”
45
5
10 ith 1 rea
49
44
61
”
48
t
60
.
g
w
n
s
n
e
i
r
g
r
43
ea lon em ffe
42
41
pp y. A plac ge o
47
A
40
n
e
it
46
39
16
ize cav ct r Cha
38
1
S
17
ire ck
ull ar
13
16A
37
34
“F ” ge ew d Qui
18
s
19
35
y
r
r
n
36
b
e
e
20
t
s
b
i
h
15
21
n
5
t
61
Wi stu , th o
60
th ter “ ight
i
w
r
e
o
n
w
tio sh g
nc ts a tatin
u
j
16
n
or ro
1
17
co sp d
In ion el an
62
34
t
16A
35
di he
18
19
ad flyw
15
20
21
25
Weighs 5.75 lbs
#
1*
5*
13
15
16
16A
17*
18
19
20
21
23
24
25
34
35*
36
37*
37*
38
39
40*
40*
41*
41*
41*
42
43
44
45*
45*
46*
47*
47*
47*
47*
48
49
60
61
24
23
2ND GENERATION
Ultralight Ring Gear
EDM Option 8202-V8
PARTS LIST
PARTS LIST
1ST GENERATION
2ND GENERATION
DESCRIPTION
Bearing Washer
O’Ring, Posi-Lock
Lock Tab
O’Ring, Seal
Inspection Plug
P/N
5840-V8
65411
7111B
7339
8902
7527
4862
5055
1806
7486
1807
6296A
2374
7110
7398
7802
7610
5003-02
1550
7390
7413
7653
7652
7204
7204T
7204V
7474
5018-01ML
7114
7110
7107
6532
5038
5038B
5038AS
3533
5037
7109Y
7454
6857
QTY
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
6
10
10
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
6
6
6
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
#
1*
5*
13
15
16
16A
17*
18
19
20
21
23
24
25
34
35*
36
37*
38
39
40*
40*
41*
41*
41*
42
43
44
45*
45*
46*
47*
47*
47*
47*
48
49
60
61
62
DESCRIPTION
Bearing Washer
O’Ring, Posi-Lock
Bearing Retainer
Lock Tab
O’Ring, Seal
Inspection Plug
Bearing Race, Pinion
P/N
5840-V8S
65411S
7111B
7339
7308
7527
4871
5055
1806
7486
1807
6267
2374
7110
7398
7802
7610
4734
7390
7413
7653
7652
7204
7204T
7204V
7474
5018-01ML
7114
7110
7107
6532
5038
5038B
5038AS
3533
5037
7109Y
7454
6857
8622
QTY
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
6
10
10
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
6
6
6
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
9
CHAMP V10
ASSEMBLIES
P/N K5063-V10 - 2 1/2” GN
P/N K5260-V10 - Baby Grand
P/N K5270-V10 - Wide 5
P/N K5280-V10* - 8 Bolt
P/N K6790-V10 - 2” GN
P/N K6960-V10 - Short Wide 5
P/N K2810-V10 - Super Speedway
To convert to an 8” Ring Gear add the
following Options:
4.11 Ring & Pinion
Option 8111-8
Shown with Option 8208
& 8155PM
•Champ V10 assembly only available in magnesium.
Center/Gear Cover combination interchanges with all other components. All options, including low drag bearings and seals,
are available.
Exposed
Quick Change
Gears Makes
For Easier
Gear Changes
Recessed
High Nuts
Increase
Clearance.
Shown with
Option 8252B
Billet Aluminum
Gear Cover
P/N K4677
Standard Big Bearing
Cover with Internal
Bearing Retainers
P/N 4677
Billet Big Bearing Cover
with Internal Bearing
Retainers
OPTIONS
DIMENSIONAL DATA
CENTER OPTIONS
Longer Thrubolts Available
Option 8249 6” Thrubolt (specify qty., steel only)
Option 8249L 6 1/2” Thrubolt (specify qty., steel only)
10
order Option 9116.
8104
8106
8110
Pump Assembly
8111
4.12 Ring & Pinion
8126
Tittanium Thrubolts
8133
Sprint Center
8143
8182B
Aluminum Drive Yoke
8184
8191
Flanged Bearing
8199
81486
81486R
81457
4.57 Ring & Pinion
8208
8216-01 Heavy Duty Center Section
8225
8252B
8268
Solid Seal Plate
8275
1350 Series Yoke
8298
8299
8115
8121W
8130
8171
8171L
8180
8183A
8231
8244S-CT
8136
8136P
8155
8155P
8155PM
8186P
8253
Track Star (pg. 28)
8131
8132*
8138
8140
8151
8181L
8181R
8190*
8190A*
8201
8213
8237
8237-8
8239
8263
Swaged Tubes
TUBE OPTIONS
CHAMP V10
56
55
54
44
50
51
3
11
57
6
TORQUE SPECS
7
12
38
8
9
13
10
61
Use Mobil-1® 70-90
31
30
29
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
16
17
10
1
15
35
9
8
34
as friction free.
49
43
47
46
Option 8268
(see page 48)
60
16
40
42
48
37
14
27 26
28
39
36
5
4
41
45
58
59
7
6
P/N 8218-RP
(Ring & Pinion)
P/N 8218-LS
(Lower Shaft)
P/N 8218-BRG
(Bearings)
51
2
51
53
52
Option 8237 (4 & 6 Rib)
33
PARTS LIST
#
DESCRIPTION
1*
Magnesium “Sprint” Center Section
2*
3*
4*
5*
6*
O’Ring, 8 Rib Bell
6*
O’Ring, 4 & 6 Rib Bell
7*
Seal, Side Bell
7*
8*
9*
10*
10*
11
12
13
14
15
16*
17*
18
Bearing Washer
19
20
O’Ring, Posi-Lock
21
22
23
24
Lock Tab
25
26
27
1/4-20 x 1/2” BHCS
28
Bearing Retainer
29
30
Gasket, Gear Cover
31
Gear Cover
33
3/8-16 Aluminum High Nut
34
P/N
K5840-V10
1663-01B
1663-02
5034-11A
5400
7403
7403T
7205
7283V
7310
7309
7340
5097
5295
7852
7815
7111B
7331
7339
7308
7307
5055
6485R
7445
6484
5020
6296A
2374
7110
8500
8087
3258
8659
6729
K4677
7794A
7398
QTY
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
12
12
2
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
6
1
6
1
2
1
1
10
10
#
35*
36
37*
37*
38
39
40*
40*
41*
41*
41*
42
43
44
45*
45*
46*
47*
47*
47*
47*
48
49
50*
51
52
53
54*
54*
55
56
57
58*
58*
59
60
61
DESCRIPTION
O’Ring, Seal
7/16-20 x 5 1/2” Thrubolt
7/16” SAE Flatwasher, Thrubolt
7/16-20 Flanged Locknut, Thrubolt
7/16-14 x 1 1/4” HHCS
1/2” SAE Flatwasher, Adjusting Screw
3/8-24 x 1” HHCS, 4 Rib Side Bell
Inspection Plug
P/N
7802
7610
5003-02
1550
7390
7413
7653
7652
7204
7204T
7204V
7474
5018-01ML
7114
7110
7107
6532
5038
5038B
5038AS
3533
5037
7109Y
7176
7178
7177
7117
7155
6149
7167
7137
5010
7109
7109S
7114
8035
8406
QTY
10
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
6
6
6
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
10
22
10
2
1
1
1
1
1
16
12
16
1
1
11
HEAVY DUTY
ASSEMBLIES
P/N 5063 - 2 1/2” GN
P/N 5270 - Wide 5
P/N 5280* - 8 Bolt
P/N 6790 - 2” GN
P/N 6960 - Short Wide 5
Winters Heavy Duty 10” Quick Change assembly consists of Heavy Duty 8 Rib Side Bells and the Finned “Deep”
Style Gear Cover. The Heavy Duty Center Section is standard in this package.
Every Heavy Duty rear is built with Option 8104 Posi-Lock, Option 8143 Pinion Nose Roller Bearing, and Option
8115 31 Spline Aluminum Spool unless otherwise specified.
OPTIONS
DIMENSIONAL DATA
CENTER OPTIONS
8104
8106
8110
Pump Assembly
8111
4.12 Ring & Pinion
8126
Tittanium Thrubolts
8143
8182B
Aluminum Drive Yoke
8184
8199
81486
81486R
81457
4.57 Ring & Pinion
8208
8225
8268
Solid Seal Plate
8275
1350 Series Yoke
8298
8299
8115
8121W
8130
8171
8171L
8180
8183A
8231
8244S-CT
8136
8136P
8155
8155P
8155PM
8186P
Track Star (pg. 28)
8131
8132*
8138
8140
8151
8181L
8181R
8190*
8190A*
8201
8213
8237
8237-8
8239
8263
Swaged Tubes
TUBE OPTIONS
Pump Assembly
P/N 5305
Option 8110
12
(See page 34)
Use Winters Semi-Synthetic
Hypoid Lube with Moly
80-90-140 P/N 1730
order Option 9116.
HEAVY DUTY
49
48
47
44
45
2
42
50
26
25
TORQUE SPECS
27
28
56
18
16
4
32
29
54
14
10
13
55
11
10
9
7
8
29
12
28
27
23
24
21
36
39
51
52
26
1
45
25
54
53
3
45 46
15
Aluminum Enduro
Center Section
22
35
41
Option 8268
(see page 48)
6
7
33
34
40
31
30
Use Mobil-1® 70-90
17
43
5
19
38
37
Option 8237 (4 & 6 Rib)
20
PARTS LIST
#
DESCRIPTION
1*
Aluminum Center Section
1*
Aluminum Enduro Center Section
2*
Aluminum Heavy Duty 8 Rib Left Side Bell
3*
Aluminum Heavy Duty 8 Rib Right Side Bell
4*
5*
6*
Ball Bearing, Pinion Nose
7*
8*
9
Bearing Washer
10
Jam Nut, Pinion Shaft
11
Bearing Lockwasher
12
13
14
15
Quick Change Gear Spacer
16
3/8-16 x 1” HHCS, Retainer Plate
17
Lock Tab
18
19*
20
Gasket, Gear Cover
21*
Aluminum Gear Cover, Less Bearings
22
3/8” SHCS Pipe Plug
23*
3/8-16 x 4” HHCS, Gear Cover
24
3/8” Flatwasher
25*
O’Ring, Side Bell
26
Seal, Side Bell
27*
28*
29*
29*
30
P/N
5012
5012M
5016-02
5016-01
5034-11A
5400
7312
7308
7307
5055
5032R
5056
7339
5020
6296A
5021
7110
2374
8500
7313
1764
5017
7111B
7108
7114
7403
7205
7310
7309
7340
5097
5295
7610
QTY
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
6
3
1
2
1
1
4
6
6
2
2
2
2
2
1
2
1
#
31*
31*
32
33
34*
34*
35*
35*
35*
36*
37
38*
38*
39*
39*
39*
40
41
42
43
44*
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
DESCRIPTION
Double Row Ball Bearing, Lower Shaft
Drive Yoke, Aluminum, 1310 Series
3/8” Bellville Washer
7/16-20 x 5 1/2” Thrubolt
7/16-20 Flanged Locknut
1/2-13 Adjusting Screw
3/8-24 x 1” HHCS, Side Bell
7/16-14 x 1 1/4” HHCS
3/8” Hex Head Pipe Plug
Bearing Retainer
1/4-20 x 1/2” BHCS
P/N
5003-02
1550
7311
7413
7653
7652
7204
7204T
7204V
5018-01ML
7114
7110
7107
5038
5038B
5038AS
5037
7109Y
7852
7815
7176
7178
7177
7155
7167
7137
5010
7109
7114
7117
7111
3258
8087
QTY
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
6
6
6
1
1
1
1
1
12
12
10
22
10
1
1
1
1
16
16
2
2
1
6
13
FRONT QUICK CHANGE
ASSEMBLIES
P/N K5063 - 2 1/2” GN
P/N K5260 - Baby Grand
P/N K5270 - Wide 5
P/N K5280* - 8 Bolt
P/N K6790 - 2” GN
P/N K6960 - Short Wide 5
P/N K2810 - Super Speedway
In some applications, quick change rear ends can compromise placement of the fuel cell. Consider the
advantages of moving the fuel cell 6”-8” forward in your chassis. Rear end overhang weight is shifted from
the rear side of the axle to the front. This option allows quick change rears to replace Ford® 9” rears without
extensive chassis modification. Center section and gear cover assembly for this unit are only available
in magnesium.
OPTIONS
DIMENSIONAL DATA
CENTER OPTIONS
8104
8110FQC Pump Assembly
8111R
8126
Tittanium Thrubolts
8143
8208
8232
Front Quick Change
8267
Solid Lower Shaft Assembly
8298
8299
8115
8121W
8130
8171
8171L
8180
8183A
8231
8244S-CT Low Drag Brgs, Differential, Steel
8136
8136P
8155
8155P
8155PM
8186P
TUBE OPTIONS
8131
8132*
8138
8140
8151
Swaged Tubes
8181L
8181R
8190*
8190A*
8201
8213
8237
8237-8
8239
8263
Track Star (pg. 28)
Option 8208
14
Pump Option
Option 8110FQC
While being 1/3 lighter than aluminum, magnesium acts as an insulator and
holds in heat resulting in higher temperatures inside your rear. This very
effective corrosion resistant coating helps cool your rear assembly by
dispersing the heat, therefore resulting in cooler operating temperatures!
FRONT QUICK CHANGE
57
56
55
54
Use Mobil-1® 70-90
53
52
45
44
51
43
49
50
48
68
47
67
24
46
66
23
38A
27
25
2
1
64
TORQUE SPECS
14
13
12
11
10
9
7
8
6
4
20
65
19
16
17
29
26
22
3
5
28
17
46
16 18
24
47
60
48
14 15
32
41
61
49
16
53
50
62
37
31
36
33
39 21
34
35
40
58
53 59
42
38
30
17
Option 8237 (4 & 6 Rib)
PARTS LIST
#
1
2*
3*
4*
5*
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19*
20
21
22
23
24
25*
26*
27*
28*
29*
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
DESCRIPTION
Pinion Nose Bearing
4.86 Ratio Ring & Pinion, Reverse Rotation
Bearing
Pinion Double Cup
Bearing
Pinion Washer
Pinion Nut, Posi-Lock
O’Ring, Posi-Lock
Pinion Retainer, Posi-Lock
Pinion Spacer
Pinion Retainer Plate
Lock Tab
Screw
Spacer
Bearing
Snap Ring
Snap Ring
Pump Shaft
Bushing
11/16” Core Plug
AN Fitting
Magnesium Center Section
Pipe Plug
Pump Shaft, Fixed
Pump Gear, Lower
Pump Gear, Upper
Pump Cavity Cover
Screw
Bearing
Front Seal
Inspection Plug
Magnesium Gear Cover
Flatwasher, Gear Cover
HHCS, Gear Cover
#6 Port Plug with O’Ring
P/N
7331
5400R
7308
7307
7308
5055
6485R
7445
6484
5020
6296A
2374
7110
8500
3425
7332
8331
8333
3423
3422
8709
7874
K5012-FQC
7111
3424
3427
3428
3426
8009
7390
7204T
6857
K3420-0
7114HD
7108
7847
QTY
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
6
1
1
3
3
1
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
6
1
1
1
1
12
12
2
#
DESCRIPTION
37
Retaining Ring
38*
Drilled Lower Shaft, For use with Pump
38A*
Solid Lower Shaft
39
Flange Yoke, Dana #2-2-329
40
12Pt. Screw
41
O’Ring
42
Heavy Duty Gasket
43*
44
3/8” Bellville Washer
45*
45*
Ring Gear Bolt, Non-Threaded Ring Gear
46
47
47 Bearing Cone, Aluminum Spools & Differentials
48*
49*
Seal, Side Bell
49*
50
O’Ring, SIde Bell
51
52*
Magnesium H.D. 8 Rib Left Side Bell
53
54*
7/16-20 x 5 1/2” Thrubolt
55
56
57
58*
Magnesium H.D. 8 Rib Right Side Bell
59
60
61
62
7/16-14 x 1 1/4” HHCS
63*
3/8-24 Locknut, Non-Threaded Ring Gear
64*
O’Ring, Pump Cavity Cover
65
7/16-14 x 1” HHCS
66
Press In Coupler
67
Pump Coupler
68
Pump Shaft
P/N
8332
3421
3421S
5856
7152
7454
1764-FQC
5034-11A
7815
7852
5124
5097
7309
7340
7310
7205
7283V
7403
5010
K5016-02
7178
7176
7155
7167
7137
K5016-01
7177
7109
7114
7117
7908
7464
7787
3592
3594
3593
QTY
1
1
1
1
4
1
1
1
12
12
12
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
22
10
1
1
1
1
10
16
16
2
12
1
1
1
1
1
15
N0N-QUICK CHANGE
1st Generation Only Available
in 4.12, 4.57 & 4.86 Ratios
ASSEMBLIES
P/N 4063 - 2 1/2” GN
P/N 4270 - Wide 5
P/N 4280* - 8 Bolt
P/N 4790 - 2” GN
The Non-Quick Change is the lightest full size rear end assembly that Winters offers. There are 20 plus ring and
pinion ratios to choose from (see below). Under extreme conditions a circulator and cooler may be required.
Please Note: This assembly uses the same side bells as the conventional quick change, however, the side bells
are rotated 180° forward. This will affect mounting brackets, etc., that are welded to tubes if changing tubes over
from a Quick Change to a Non-Quick Change.
OPTIONS
DIMENSIONAL DATA
CENTER OPTIONS
8143
8208
8298
8136P
8155
8155P
8155PM
8186P
TUBE OPTIONS
8131
8132*
8138
8111
4.12 Ring & Pinion, 1st Generation
8140
8115
8151
Swaged Tubes
8121W
8181L
8130
8181R
8171
8190*
8171L
8190A*
8180
8201
8183A
8213
8198
10-10 Coupler Support
8237
8231
Track Star (pg. 28)
8237-8
8239
8263
8136
Drive shaft needs to be 7/8” longer when
switching from original 1st generation to
2nd generation.
RING AND PINION OPTIONS
Ball Bearing Support
ASSEMBLY P/N 1265
Option 8198
16
Available for closed drive applications, Winters offers an optional
10-10 coupler support in a heavy duty ball bearing. Bolted on the
front end of the Non-Quick Change center section, the housing will
accept a standard torque tube and drive shaft. For 10 spline pinion.
Available in 4.86, 4.12, and 4.57 only.
81412
81428
81442
81457
81462*
81471*
81486
81500*
81514*
81528*
4.12 Ratio
4.28 Ratio
4.42 Ratio
4.57 Ratio
4.62 Ratio
4.71 Ratio
4.86 Ratio
5.00 Ratio
5.14 Ratio
5.28 Ratio
81533*
81542*
81550*
81566*
81583*
81600*
81617*
81633*
81650*
81667*
5.33 Ratio
5.42 Ratio
5.50 Ratio
5.66 Ratio
5.83 Ratio
6.00 Ratio
6.17 Ratio
6.33 Ratio
6.50 Ratio
6.67 Ratio
*Available with Integral Flange Pinion Bearing (2nd
Generation). Please Note: Option 8143 is not available
on ratios 6.00 and higher.
N0N-QUICK CHANGE
11
12
as friction free.
TORQUE SPECS
3
16
10
P/N 8218-RP
(Ring & Pinion)
P/N 8218-BRG
(Bearings)
1
9
8
7
Use Mobil-1® 70-90
6
4
25
5
30
24
32
36
14
27
29
35
15
23
28
26
6
28a
21
7
23
9
33
34
39
38
22
8
31
35
37
12
36
40
13
10
20
41
42
43
45
44
2n
46
48
en
dG
n
tio
era
2
30
17
18
19
47
Option 8237 (4 & 6 Rib)
See page 116 Complete Closed Tube Set-up Instructions
PARTS LIST
#
DESCRIPTION
1* Aluminum Non- Quick Change Center Section
1* Magnesium Non- Quick Change Center Section
2*
2*
Magnesium 4 Rib Left Side Bell
3*
3*
Magnesium 4 Rib Right Side Bell
4*
5*
6*
Shim Kit, Steel Spool
7
Carrier Bearing Cone, Steel Spool
8*
9
Carrier Seal
10*
O’Ring, 4 & 6 Rib Side Bell
10*
O’Ring, 8 Rib Side Bell
11*
7/16-20 x 5 1/2” HHCS
12
13
14
15
3/8” Bellville Washer, Threaded Ring Gear
16
3/8” Socket Head Pipe Plug
17*
17*
18
19
1/2-13 Jam Nut
20
Thrust Block, Adjusting Screw
21
3/8-24 x 3/4” HHCS, 6 Rib Side Bell
21
22
23*
P/N
6559
K6559
6697-02
K6697-02
6697-01
K6697-01
5034-11A
5400M**
5097
7309
7310
7205
7403T
7403
7176
7178
7177
7852
7815
7111B
6149
7155
7167A
7137
5010
7109S
7109
7114
7312
QTY
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
11
22
11
12
12
3
1
1
1
1
1
12
16
16
1
#
23*
24*
25*
26
27
28
28a
29
30
31
32*
33
34
35
36
37*
37*
38
39
40*
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
DESCRIPTION
Bearing Double Cup, Pinion Shaft
Bearing Washer, Pinion Shaft
Jam Nut, Pinion Shaft
Bearing Lockwasher, Pinion Shaft
Bearing Lockwasher, Double Tab
Top Nut
Internal Snap Ring, Seal Plate
Seal, Seal Plate
.065” Thick Shim
Seal Plate
3/8-16 x 1 1/4” HHCS
3/8-24 x 1” HHCS
2nd Generation Ring & Pinion
Ring & Pinion
O’Ring
Inner Bearing Cone
Pinion Bearing
Crush Sleeve
Outer Bearing Cone
Seal
Drive Yoke
Pinion Nut
P/N
7331
7308
7307
5055
5032R
5056
1136
1137
7653
7448
7204
6115-065
K6554
7107
7114
5038
5038B
5037
7109Y
QTY
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
6
6
1
1
1
1
35XXX**
7490
7554
7569
2276
7553
7260
2216
2222
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
** When ordering 2nd Generation Ring & Pinion add prefix 35 to gear ratio. Example P/N 35500 for 5.00 Ratio. See pages 35 & 39.
17
XTREMELINER
ASSEMBLIES
P/N 4820* - Ford Big Bearing
P/N 4825* - Ford Big Bearing (Torino
P/N 4863 - 2 1/2” GN
P/N 4875 - 2 1/2” Wide 5
®
®
®
)
®
*Big Bearing Rears accommodate stock Ford 3.150 O.D. Axle Bearings.
We had the Bonneville Salt Flats in mind when we created this center section and side bells for our 10”, 3.08
Ratio Ring & Pinion. Whether you are going for a land speed record or want a different ratio for the track, you
will benefit from this Beefed-Up Center Section, Heavy Duty 8 Rib Side Bells with Inspection Plug, Heat Treated
Lower Shaft, 22 Spline Change Gears, Heavy Duty Super Cover and the Largest Size Pinion Gear ever in a
Quick Change.
DIMENSIONAL DATA
OPTIONS
8162
8199
81200†
25308
8208
8218-RP
8218-BRG
8298
8299
8114-35
8115
8115-31-200
8115-35-200
8121W
8121W-200
8130
8171
8171L
CENTER OPTIONS
Super Gear Cover with Pump
2.00 Ring & Pinion
3.08 Ring & Pinion
REM Ring & Pinion
REM Bearing (# is per Bearing)
Steel 35 Spline Spool (pg. 34)
Aluminum Spool, 31 Spline, 2.00 Ratio
Aluminum Spool, 35 Spline, 2.00 Ratio
Winters Track, 2.00 Ratio Only
8180
8183A
8231
8244S-CT
Track Star (pg. 28)
8131
8132*
8138
8140
8151
8181L
8181R
8190*
8190A*
8201
8213
8237
8239
8263
Swaged Tubes
TUBE OPTIONS
†Must use with Differential P/N 8121W-200
Option 8208
18
Dana Series
1350 Yoke
Aluminum acts as an insulator and holds in heat resulting in higher temperatures inside your rear. This very effective corrosion resistant coating
helps cool your rear assembly by dispersing the heat, therefore resulting
in cooler operating temperatures!
XTREMELINER
49
48
37
47
46 44
Use Mobil-1® 70-90
45
50
26
25
TORQUE SPECS
33
4
41
34
35
39
32
27
54
28
40
36
42
2
38
53
29
31
30
Note: Lower Shaft Must Be
Pre-Assembled Before Installation
5
15
9
8
13
56
14 11
17
10
7
6
29
1
7
12
51
28
27
52
26
55
25
18
3
45
55
19
44
46
Option 8237 (4 & 6 Rib)
22
23
24
21
20
See page 97 for Winters 22 Spline Quick Change Gears
PARTS LIST
#
DESCRIPTION
1
2
Aluminum Heavy Duty 8 Rib Left Side Bell
3
Aluminum Heavy Duty 8 Rib Right Side Bell
4*
31/35 Spline Steel Spool
5*
6
Front Cone
7
Cup
8
Pinion Bearing Carrier
9
3/8-16 x 1” 12pt
10*
Rear Cone
11
Pinion Nut
12
Roller Bearing, Lower Shaft
13
10-24 x 1/2” BHCS
14
Pinion Nut Retainer
15
17
Washer
18
19
20
Gasket, Gear Cover
21*
Aluminum Gear Cover, Less Bearings
22
3/8” SHCS Pipe Plug
23*
3/8-16 x 4” HHCS, Gear Cover
24
3/8” Heavy Duty Flatwasher
25
O’Ring, Side Bell
26
Seal, Side Bell
27*
28*
29*
P/N
5012-308
5016-02
5016-308
5034-11
25308
8634
8633
3440
7735
7308
3179
7329
7869
3178
3194
3308
308__
7313
1764-308
5017
7111B
7108
7114HD
7403
7205
7310
7309
7340
5097
QTY
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
6
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
4
6
6
2
2
2
2
2
1
#
29*
30
31
32
33
34
35*
35*
36*
37
38*
38*
39
40
41
42
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
DESCRIPTION
Lower Shaft
Ball Bearing, Lower Shaft
Drive Yoke, Steel
Stud
3/8” Hex Head Pipe Plug
Snap Ring Retainer
Bearing Retainer
1/4-20 x 1/2” BHCS
P/N
5295
8332
5003-308
7390
7413
7652
7204T
7204V
5018L
7114
7110
7107
3436
5037
7109Y
8077
7863
7178
7177N
7155
7167
7137
5010
7109
7114
7111
3193
3258
8087
QTY
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
6
6
6
1
1
1
12
22
22
22
1
1
1
1
16
16
2
1
1
6
19
V8 QUICK CHANGE
ASSEMBLIES
P/N V8-5063 - 2 1/2” GN
P/N V8-5260 - Baby Grand
P/N V8-5270 - Wide 5
P/N V8-5280* - 8 Bolt
P/N V8-6790 - 2” GN
P/N V8-6960 - Short Wide 5
P/N V8-2810 - Super Speedway
8 3/8” RING GEAR - 10 BOLT
Winters Crate Engine V8 Quick Change gives a new meaning to low drag. Cast from 206 Aluminum (50,000 lbs
tensile, 40,000 lbs yield, 10% elongation), this assembly features a 3.78 Ratio Ring & Pinion standard and an
8 3/8” Ring Gear which reduces flywheel and rotating weight.
Max Rating: 500 HP, 3000 lbs
OPTIONS
DIMENSIONAL DATA
CENTER OPTIONS
8106
8164
4.33 Ratio Ring & Pinion
8165
8166
8167
8169
8182B
Aluminum Drive Yoke
8208
8225
Gear Cover w/ Internal Bearings
8298
8115
8115-28
8171M-28
8171M-31
8183M
8194M-28 Wedgelock, 28 Spline (pg. 32)
8194M-31 Wedgelock, 31 Spline (pg. 32)
8131
8132*
8138
8140
8151
8181L
8181R
8190*
8190A*
8201
8213
8237-8
8238
8239
8263
8265-156
TUBE OPTIONS
Swaged Tubes
Tube & Bell Locknut Assembly., 8 Rib
Splined Tube
.156” Wall Thickness
Aluminum 31 Spline Spool
Aluminum 28 Spline Spool (not for 4.11)
Billet Aluminum 28 Spline Locker
Aluminum Triple Track (4.11 Only)
Option 8171M-XX
20
Dana Series
1280/1310 Yoke
This locker is a fully automatic locking
differential. It delivers spool type traction
on the straightaways yet automatically
unlocks in corners. Available in 28 or 31
Spline. 58 Lb. springs standard. Other
spring rates are available installed in
your locker. See Page 31
V8 QUICK CHANGE
Use Mobil-1® 70-90
8 3/8” Ring Gear reduces rotating,
flywheel & unsprung weight
12 rib side bell increases
cooling capacity & strength
70
69
56
57
58
WEIGHTS
58.2 lbs. w/ Spool
62 lbs. w/ Locker
68.9 lbs. w/ Wedgelock
Less Tubes
3.78 Ratio Standard
1” & 1 3/8” Wide QC Gears
Option 8237 (4 & 6 Rib)
PARTS LIST
#
DESCRIPTION
P/N
QTY
#
DESCRIPTION
P/N
QTY
1
V8-2524HD
1
37
Bearing, Gear Cover
7532-01
2
2
Aluminum Right Side Bell
V8-3180-01
1
41
3/8-16 Steel High Nut
7794A
10
3
Aluminum Left Side Bell
V8-3180-01
1
42
3/8-16 x 1 3/4” Stud
7802
10
4
O’Ring, Side Bell
7451
2
43
5/16” Diameter Steel Ball
7398
10
5
Shim Kit, Aluminum Spool
5295
1
44
Bearing, Lower Shaft (Rear)
7534
1
6
Bearing Cone, Aluminum Spool
7340
2
45
Retaining Ring, Rear Bearing
7655
1
46
7658
1
7
7310
2
8*
Seal, Side Bell
7205
2
47*
Lower Shaft
3886
1
8*
7283V
2
48
O’Ring
7471
1
49
Bearing, Lower Shaft
7390
1
9
3/8-16 x 2” Stud
7905
20
10
3/8” Belleville Washer
7916
20
50
7413
1
11
3/8-16 Nylon Locknut
7885
20
51
7204T
1
16*
6839-31
1
51
7204V
1
17*
3/8-24 Ring Gear Bolt
7852
10
52
Internal O’Ring, Seal Plate
7474
1
18*
7815
10
53
Seal Plate
5018
1
22*
6811
1
54
3/8” Flatwasher
7114
6
23*
7392
1
55
3/8-16 x 1” HHCS
7110
6
24
7527
2
56*
3533
1
25
Flanged Double Cup, Pinion Shaft
7525
1
56*
5038A
1
26
3/8-16 x 1” BHCS
7878
5
57
5037
1
27
Bearing Washer, Pinion
6824
1
58
3/8-24 x 1” HHCS
7109Y
1
28
Pinion Nut
6821
1
59
3/8” Socket Pipe Plug
7111B
3
29
O’Ring, Pinion Nut
7455
1
60
Small Inspection Plug with O’Ring
6857
1
30
Pinion Nut Retainer
6822
1
61
O’Ring, Small Inspection Plug
7454
1
31
Bearing Retainer
6751
1
65
7114
16
32
Gear Spacer (1” Gears Only)
1372
2
66
3/8-24 x 3/4” HHCS
7109S
16
33 1” Wide Quick Change Gear Set (Not Included)
4400
1
67
Seal Plate Adapter
3887
1
33 1 3/8” Wide Quick Change Gear Set (Not Included)
4500
1
68
3/8-16 x 1 3/4” 12pt
7861
6
34
Gasket, Gear Cover
6703
1
69*
Spacer, Drive Yoke (Not Used w/3533)
6532
1
35
Gear Cover
3056
1
70
Gasket, Seal Plate
4814
1
36
#6 AN Port Plug
7874
3
21
MINI QUICK CHANGE
ASSEMBLIES
P/N K2063 - 2 1/2” GN
P/N K2260 - Baby Grand
P/N K2270 - Wide 5
P/N K2790 - 2” GN
•These assemblies are also available with aluminum
center and bells. When ordering drop prefix ‘K’ from
the P/N (Example 2270)
The Mini Quick Change has been designed for smaller cars with limited horsepower. This assembly utilizes
Winters highly efficient 8 3/8”, 3.78 Standard Ratio Spiral Bevel Ring & Pinion. Posi-Lock and 4 Rib Side Bells
with Inspection Plug are standard. This rear uses 6 Spline Quick Change Gears. Available with the same Drive
Shaft Yoke, 3” Side Tubes and Spindles as our larger quick change.
The Mini Quick Change is small and strong. It runs cool and is 20-25 lbs lighter than a conventional rear.
DIMENSIONAL DATA
OPTIONS
CENTER OPTIONS
8106
8164
8165
8166
8167
8169
8182B
Aluminum Drive Yoke
8208
8216
Heavy Duty Center
8225
8298
8171M-31
8183M
8194M-28
8194M-31
8244S-CT
Aluminum Triple Track (4.11 Only)
Wedgelock, 28 Spline (pg. 32)
8131
8132*
8138
8140
8151
8181L
8181R
8190*
8190A*
8201
8213
8237-8
Swaged Tubes
Tube & Bell Locknut Assembly, 8 Rib
TUBE OPTIONS
8115
8115-28 Aluminum 28 Spline Spool (not for 4.11)
8171M-28 Billet Aluminum 28 Spline Locker
Option 8208
22
Dana Series
1280/1310 Yoke
80-90-140 P/N 1730
MINI QUICK CHANGE
8
7
11
6
10
Use Mobil-1® 70-90
5
17
3
18
9
54
4
59
1
16
48
60
22
49
50
51
53
56
5
24
6
33
34
32
35
44
39
47
42
62
4
63
64
9
46
32
37
66
65
8
43
45
58
7
25
24
28 27
30 29
31
57
61
23
26
52
55
38
2
10
11
61
60
Option 8237 (4 & 6 Rib)
40
36
41
PARTS LIST
#
DESCRIPTION
P/N
QTY
#
DESCRIPTION
P/N
QTY
1*
Magnesium Center Section
K6727
1
38
O’Ring, Bearing Cover
7424
2
1*
Aluminum Heavy Duty Center Section
2524HD
1
39
Bearing Cap, Gear Cover
1950
2
40
1/4-20 x 5/8” BHCS
7850
6
2*
Magnesium Right Side Bell
K6840-01
1
3*
Magnesium Left Side Bell
K1449-02
1
41
3/8-16 High Nut
7794A
10
4
O’Ring, Side Bell
7451
2
42
3/8-16 x 1 3/4” Stud
7802
10
5*
5295
1
43
7398
10
6*
7340
2
44
7534
1
7*
7310
2
45
7655
1
46
7658
1
8*
Seal, Side Bell
7205
2
8*
7283V
2
47*
6881-01
1
48
Spacer
6680
1
9
3/8-16 x 2” Stud
7905
20
10
7916
20
49
Bearing, Lower Shaft
7390
1
50
7413
1
11
7885
20
16*
6839-31
1
51*
7204T
1
17*
3/8-24 Ring Gear Bolt (Except 3.78)
7852
10
51*
7204V
1
18*
3/8” Belleville Washer (Except 3.78)
7815
10
52
7474
1
22*
6811
1
53
Seal Plate
K6854-01M
1
23*
7392
1
54
3/8” Flatwasher
7114
6
24
7527
2
55
3/8-16 x 1” HHCS
7110
6
25
7525
1
56*
5038
1
26
3/8-16 x 1” BHCS
7878
5
56*
5038B
1
27
6824
1
56*
5038AS
1
28
Pinion Nut
6821
1
57
5037
1
29
7455
1
58
3/8-24 x 1” HHCS
7109Y
1
30
Pinion Nut Retainer
6822
1
59
7111B
3
31
Bearing Retainer
6751
1
60
Small Inspection Plug with O’Ring
6857
2
32
Gear Spacer (1” Gears Only)
1372
2
61
O’Ring, Small Inspection Plug
7454
2
33 1” Wide Quick Change Gear Set (Not Included)
4400
1
62
Gasket, Shifter Cover
6738
1
33 1 3/8” Wide Quick Change Gear Set (Not Included)
4500
1
63
Shifter Cover Plate
6739
1
34
Gasket, Gear Cover
6703
1
64
3/8-16 x 1/2” BHCS
7902
4
35
Gear Cover
K6718
1
65
7114
16
36
#6 AN Port Plug
7874
3
66
3/8-24 x 3/4” HHCS
7109S
16
37
Bearing, Gear Cover
7532
2
23
MINI NON-QUICK CHANGE
ASSEMBLIES
P/N 4063M - 2 1/2” GN
P/N 4260M - Baby Grand
P/N 4270M - Wide 5
P/N 4790M - 2” GN
•These assemblies are also available with aluminum
center and bells. When ordering drop prefix ‘K’ from
the P/N (Example 2270)
The Mini Non-Quick Change features an 8 3/8”, 3.78 Ratio Ring & Pinion, 28 or 31 Splined Aluminum Spool and 4
Rib Side Bells. Better for cars under 2600 lbs and 550 HP.
Center Section is available in aluminum only. Order Option 8117 for magnesium Side Bells.
OPTIONS
DIMENSIONAL DATA
CENTER OPTIONS
8164
8165
8166
8167
8182B
Aluminum Drive Yoke
8208
8225
8298
8171M-31
8194M-28
8194M-31
8244S-CT
TUBE OPTIONS
8131
8132*
8138
8140
8151
Swaged Tubes
8181L
8181R
8190*
8190A*
8115
8115-28 Aluminum 28 Spline Spool (not for 4.11) 8201
8213
8237
Tube & Bell Locknut Assembly
Option 8208
24
4 Rib
Bells Standard
80-90-140 P/N 1730
MINI NON-QUICK CHANGE
32
as friction free.
31
3
P/N 8218-RP
(Ring & Pinion)
P/N 8218-BRG
(Bearings)
Option 8237 (4 & 6 Rib)
1
30
10
9
8
7
6
Use Mobil-1® 70-90
15
4
17
21
24
23
20
19
12
11
18
5
22
25
13
6
16
7
14
8
26
28
9
27
29
10
30
2
31
32
PARTS LIST
#
1*
2*
2*
3*
3*
4*
5*
6*
7*
8*
9
10*
11
12
13
14
15*
DESCRIPTION
Aluminum Non-Quick Change Center Section
Magnesium 4 Rib Left Side Bell
Magnesium 4 Rib Right Side Bell
Carrier Seal
O’Ring, 4 Rib Side Bell
3/8-24 x 3/4” HHCS, 4 Rib Side Bell
P/N
2518
1449-02
K1449-02
6840-01
K6840-01
6839
6811
5295
7340
7310
7205
7451
7852
7815
7109S
7114
7392
QTY
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
12
12
16
16
1
#
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
DESCRIPTION
O’Ring
Spacer
Bearing Cup
Washer
Bolt
Pinion Nut
Seal
Snap Ring
Output Flange
3/8-24 x 1” HHCS
Yoke
Bolt
Stud
P/N
7527
8404
2951
2519
7114
7110
2892
7204
7652
2521
5037
7109Y
5856
7735
7905
7916
7885
QTY
1
1
1
1
6
6
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
20
20
20
25
7” QUICK CHANGE
ASSEMBLIES
P/N 72063 - 2 1/2” GN
P/N 72270 - Wide 5
P/N 72790 - 2” GN
P/N 73265 - Toyota Tube Ends
®
Who else but Winters. Quick Change Rear too big?.... Not anymore! Completely designed from the ground up,
Winters 7” Quick Change is compact and strong. This assembly uses efficient Spiral Bevel Ring & Pinion, 31
Spline Aluminum Spool and 2 1/2” Steel Side Tubes. To you, it’s more than just a race car, so get more than just
a rear end.
OPTIONS
DIMENSIONAL DATA
CENTER OPTIONS
81378-7 3.78 Ratio Ring & Pinion, Standard
81457-7 4.57 Ratio Ring & Pinion
81513-7 5.13 Ratio Ring & Pinion
8208
8202-7-378EDM Ring Gear
8227
Yoke, 1310 Series
8298
8115
8115-28
Aluminum 28 Spline Spool (not for 4.11)
8171M-31
8194M-28
8194M-31
8244S-CT
8201
8237
Tube & Bell Locknut Assembly
81378-7
81457-7
81513-7
8218-RP
TUBE OPTIONS
RING & PINION OPTIONS
3.78 Ratio, Standard
4.57 Ratio
5.13 Ratio
REM Ring & Pinion
Option 8208
26
Option 8227
1310 Series Yoke
80-90-140 P/N 1730
Axle Adapter
P/N 3665
Allows use of stock Toyota® axles with
31 spline aluminum spool.
7” QUICK CHANGE
8
7
11
6
10
5
13
3
Use Mobil-1® 70-90
14
9
43
as friction free.
42
4
48
1
12
37
39
40
41
45
37 39
49
15
P/N 8218-RP
5
P/N 8218-LS
19
P/N 8218-BRG
20
16
6
(Bearings)
23
22
21
40
42
41
53
47
46
8
17
32
4
28
31
24
36
25
29
33
27
34
9
35
2
10
43
11 50
44
30
44
7
18
(Lower Shaft)
43
47
46
50
(Ring & Pinion)
26
44
49
See page 97 for Winters 7” Quick Change Gears
See pages 117 Complete Closed Tube Set-up Instructions
See page 83 for Baby Grand Hub Kits
See page 85 for Double Spline Axles
PARTS LIST
#
1
2
3
4
5
6
7*
8
9
10
11
12*
13
14
15*
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
DESCRIPTION
Aluminum Right Side Bell
Aluminum Left Side Bell
O’Ring, Side Bell
Seal, Side Bell
3/8-16 x 2” Stud
3/8-24 Ring Gear Bolt
3/8-16 x 1” BHCS
Pinion Nut
Pinion Nut Retainer
Bearing Retainer
P/N
3300
3306
3345
3351
5295
7340
7310
7205
7905
7916
78854
6839
7852
7815
11___**
8609
8610
3307
7878
3308
6821-03
7455
6822
3349
3800
QTY
1
1
1
2
1
2
2
2
20
20
20
1
10
10
1
1
1
1
5
1
1
1
1
1
1
#
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36*
37
39
40
41
42
43
44
45*
46
47
48
49
50
53*
DESCRIPTION
Gasket, Gear Cover
Gear Cover
#6 AN Port Plug
Bearing, Gear Cover
3/8-16 High Nut
3/8-16 x 1 3/4” Stud
Bearing, Lower Shaft (Yoke Input)
Seal Plate
3/8” Flatwasher
3/8-16 x 1” HHCS
Drive Yoke, Steel
3/8-24 x 1” HHCS
Inspection Plug
Drive Yoke, Toyota®
P/N
3343
3342
7874
7532
7794A
7802
7398
8608
8323
7634
3340
3324
7439
3327
7484
3325
7114
7110
3328
5037
7109Y
7111B
6857
7454
3362
QTY
1
1
1
2
6
6
6
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
12
12
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
** Last 3 digits depict ratio. Example: 11378= 3.78:1
27
10” DIFFERENTIALS
TRACKSTAR
Oil Scoop
Preload
P/N 3224
Option 8231 Installed In Rear
2.031” Bearing Diameter
21 lbs 3 oz
Application- Open
Max. Power- Open
Race Length- Open
Stagger- 2 1/2 - 3”
Oil- Mobil 1® 70-90
Oil Scoop
Preload
10”
The Trackstar is the only crossed axis gear assembly where both worm and side gears are completely
encased in a heat treated 4140 Center Housing. This design eliminates housing flex, maintaining close tolerance
gear meshing under load conditions. This increases traction on virtually all track surfaces. During operation, oil
is scooped (oil level must be maintained) and gears are automatically lubricated. 7075-T6 End Cap reduces
rotating weight to 21 lbs 3 oz. It offers a level of refinement that other differentials will me measured against for
years. Winters Trackstar is unparalled!
Note: Axle lengths may vary when changing from a spool to a differential. Refer to pages 108-112.
Benefits Of Running A
Trackstar Assembly
Worm & Side Gears
Completely Encased
7075-T6
End Cap
• Increased straight-a-way speed
due to decreased stagger.
• Since torque is applied with
reference to the difference in
inside and outside wheel
speeds, corner entry and exit
speeds increase.
Heat
Treated
4140
Center
Housing
• Tire life improved due to
limited wheel slippage.
Center
Support
Bracing/
Ring Gear
Flange
• Adapts well to changing track
conditions.
• Gear design allows instant
torque sensing and transfers
the power to the wheel with the
most traction.
Assembly Includes
8
7
6
6
5
4
9
1
3
2
2
10
2
2
3
4
5
28
16
13
14
15
#
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
13
14
15
16
17*
18*
DESCRIPTION
Side Housing
Grooved Thrust Washer
Keyed Thrust Washer
Steel Ball
Side Gears
Axle Pin
Pinion Gear
Center Housing
Retainer Pin
Side Housing
Washer
1/2-20 x 1 1/2” HHCS
5/16-18 x 1 1/4” 12pt
Oil Scoop
Screws, Oil Scoop
P/N
3185
7547-03
3205
7399
3204
7570-03
3214
1709
3158
3216
3184
8719
8058
7162
3206
7938
QTY
1
4
2
2
2
2
6
6
1
6
1
6
6
6
3
6
*Not shown in exploded view.
10” DIFFERENTIALS
TRIPLE TRACK
10”
P/N 2297
13 lbs 10 oz
Shown With
Option 8218-DG
REM Differential Gears
See page 102
Application- Circle Track
Max. Power- 550-600 HP
Race Length- 35-125 Laps
Stagger- 2 1/2 - 3”
Oil- Mobil 1® 70-90
The Triple Track Traction Control Differential: Race Tested and Improved!
This assembly uses crossed axis worm drive gearing with a one piece 7075-T6 Billet Aluminum Housing. Pound
for pound nothing comes close. In low horsepower race cars the major disadvantage of other crossed axis worm
drive gear units is its mass and weight involved. The result is a high amount of rotational inertia (flywheel effect).
This is relieved by using a one piece 7075-T6 Billet Aluminum Housing
Note: Axle lengths may vary when changing from a spool to a differential. Refer to pages 108-112.
Too much lube can cause problems as well as too little. Check your level! See the Frequently Asked Questions
page for proper fill and level instructions.
Assembly Includes
4
2
5
4
1
3
6
7
6
9
5
8
9
#
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
DESCRIPTION
Main Housing
Pinion Gear
Axle Pin
Wear Plate
Side Gear
Thrust Washer
Retainer Pin
1/4-20 x 5/8” 12pt
P/N
1679
1709
2298
1586
1718
2238
7570-03
1608
8009
QTY
1
6
6
6
2
2
2
3
6
Benefits Of Running A Triple Track Assembly
• Increased straight-a-way speed due to decreased stagger. • Since torque is applied with reference to the difference in
inside and outside wheel speeds, corner entry and exit speeds increase. • Tire life improved due to limited wheel slippage.
• Adapts well to changing track conditions. • Gear design allows instant torque sensing and transfers the power to the
wheel with the most traction.
AXLE/TUBE SEALS
REPLACEMENT SEAL P/N 7267
Winters offers two designs of Axle/Tube Seals to prevent oil in the rear from entering the side tubes. The
Aluminum Case Seal incorporates o’rings to seal in the side tube I.D. The lighter, Stamped Steel Case Seal press
fits into the side tube much like a conventional oil seal to ensure positive stability. Both styles use a flexible lip
with garter spring to grip the axle shaft. A must for use with non-aluminum spool rear ends.
1
4
2
3
5
6
#
DESCRIPTION
1 Aluminum Case, Aluminum Tube
2
Aluminum Case, Steel Tube
3
4
5
Steel Case, Steel Tube
5
Steel Case, Aluminum Tube
6 7” Aluminum Case, Steel Tube
P/N WALL TUBE
2842
.250”
2841
.200”
3485
.156”
3483
.125”
7266
.200”
7268
.250”
3677
.140”
I.D. O’RING CASE
2.500” 7460
2733
2.600” 7468
2732
2.700” 8418
3484
2.750” 8419
3483
2.600”
----------2.500”
----------2.220” 8435
3676
29
10” DIFFERENTIALS
WINTERS TRACK
P/N 6513-31
12
2
10”
11
5
Option 8121W Installed In Rear
10
8
P/N 6513P-31
6
Option 8121P Installed In Rear
20 lbs 11 oz
5
3
9
2
1
7
4
CNC machined to exacting
tolerances. This virtually
unbreakable, parallel design
automatically senses wheel spin
and delivers positive traction.
Torque Specs: Torque to 120 ft
lbs with Red Loctite®.
Assembly Includes
#
1
2
3*
4
5
6
DESCRIPTION
1/2-20 x 2” HHCS
Spring Washer
Left Side Housing
Bushing
Wear Plates
Side Gear, Right Hand
P/N
7113
7773
6359
1459
6315
6330-01
P/N
6329-02
6361
6329-01
6330-02
6360
8058
DESCRIPTION
Pinion Gear, Left Hand
Center Housing
Pinion Gear, Right Hand
Side Gear, Left Hand
Right Side Housing
1/2-20 x 1 1/2” HHCS
#
7
8*
9
10
11*
12
QTY
4
8
1
4
2
1
*Must be purchased as a complete unit.
WINTERS OFFSET
TRACK
P/N 3090
2
1
10”
3 4
Option 8121WOT Installed In Rear
19 lbs 3 oz
5
8
6
7
10
11
9
12
6
11
What seperates this
assembly from all others? The
ring gear bolts directly to the
center housing, not the end cap.
Eliminating end cap deflection,
this design increases structural
strength and assures consistent
operation. The left and right oil
scoop system maintains proper
internal lubrication. Offset
design may require different
axle lengths.
QTY
4
1
4
1
1
4
8
7
4
13
14
1
2
Assembly Includes
#
1
2
3
4
5*
6
7
QTY
16
8
4
8
1
2
8
P/N
8761
3206
8058
7773
3072
3394
6329
DESCRIPTION
10-24 x 5/16” SHCS
Oil Pick Up
1/2-20 x 1 1/2” HHCS
Left Side Housing
Wear Plate
Planetary Gear
P/N
2112
3065
2110
2113
2111
3071
7974
DESCRIPTION
Side Gears
Center Housing
Scalloped Spacer
Washer
Spacer Insert
Right Side Housing
1/2-20 x 1 1/2” HHCS
#
8
9*
10
11
12
13*
14
*Must be purchased as a complete unit.
URETHANE DIFFERENTIAL
DAMPENER
P/N 1192
1
10”
2
3
4
10 lbs 6 oz
5
6
7
6
8
9
The dampener differentials cushion
the impact of acceleration and
de-acceleration. Better than a spool,
very smooth and durable.
30
QTY
2
1
1
2
1
1
4
2
10
Assembly Includes
#
1
2
3
4
5*
Description
7/16-14 x 4 1/2” HHCS
7/16” Washer
Main Housing
Bushing
Left Impeller
P/N
7972
7178
1185
1190
1188
Qty
4
8
1
4
1
#
6
7
8*
9
10
Description
Urethane Spool
Separator Disc
Right Impeller
Cover
Flanged Locknut
P/N
1269
1339
1187
1186
7177
Qty
16
1
1
1
4
*Must be purchased in pairs.
10” DIFFERENTIALS
LIGHTWEIGHT BILLET
ALUMINUM LOCKER
P/N 5114-01L
Option 8218-LIA
REM® Finish Locker
Internal Assembly
3
6
2
54
7
Option 8171L Installed In Rear
10 lbs 13 oz
1
10”
Retaining rings sandwich locker
assembly eliminating housing wear
and inconsistent locker function.
Assembly Includes
54
3
#
DESCRIPTION
1*
Main Housing
6
2 Locker Internal Assembly
2
Cover
3*
4
Washer
P/N
2880
1390
2881
7151
7
DESCRIPTION
3/8-16 x 1 1/4” 12pt
Retaining Ring
Retaining Ring
#
5
6
7
QTY
1
1
1
12
P/N
7713
3066
8329
QTY
12
1
1
Winters Lightweight Aluminum Locker
reduces rotating and unsprung weight. At
10 lbs 13 oz... nothing comes close! This
assembly requires a 1” longer right axle
and a 1” shorter left axle than the standard
locker assembly. Comes standard with 78
lb factory calibrated springs installed.
Locker spring rates are laser etched on the
housing. Other spring rates are available
(see options below).
Torque Specs: Torque to 25 ft lbs with
Red Loctite®.
*Must be purchased
as a set.
1
1
6
BILLET ALUMINUM LOCKER
P/N 5114-01
Option 8218-LIA
REM® Finish Locker
Internal Assembly
13 lbs 8 oz
2
7
3
4
5
This locker is a full automatic locking
differential. It delivers spool-type traction
on the straightaways yet automatically
unlocks in the corners. Comes standard
with 78 lb factory calibrated springs
installed. Other spring rates are available
(see options below).
10”
Too much lube can cause problems as
well as too little. Check your level! See the
Frequently Asked Questions page for proper
fill and level instructions.
Assembly Includes
#
DESCRIPTION
1
1*
Main Housing
2 Locker Internal Assembly
6
3*
Cover
4
Lock Tab
P/N
6910
1390
6911
2
1589
DESCRIPTION
3/8-16 x 3 1/4” HHCS
Retaining Ring
Retaining Ring
#
5
6
7
QTY
1
1
1
4
P/N
7823
8329
3066
QTY
8
1
1
Torque Specs: Torque to 30 ft lbs, Backoff,
Re-torque to 20 ft lbs.
Note: Axle lengths may vary when changing from
a spool to a differential. Refer to pages 108-112.
*Must be purchased
as a set.
7
3
4
5
LOCKER SPRINGS
All Winters springs are tested to ensure accuracy within 2 lbs of rated category.
DESCRIPTION
Side Gear Spring, Orange, 58 lb
Side Gear Spring, Blue, 68 lb
Side Gear Spring, Yellow, 78 lb
Side Gear Spring, Red, 90 lb
APPLICATION
10” QC, 8 3/8” QC
10” QC, 8 3/8” QC
10” QC, 8 3/8” QC
10” QC, 8 3/8” QC
P/N
1280O
1280B
1280Y
1280R
OPTION
8214-58
8214-68
Standard
8214-90
31
8 3/8” DIFFERENTIALS
BILLET ALUMINUM LOCKER
P/N 1791-28 (28 SPLINE)
Option 8171M-28 Installed In Rear
V8
2
P/N 1791-31 (31 SPLINE)
7 lbs 12 oz
3
4
IMPORTANT
A clearance chamfer must be
applied to the ring gear in order for
this locker to seat properly.
This locker is a full automatic
locking differential. It delivers spool
type traction on the straightaways yet
automatically unlocks in the corners.
Available in 28 or 31 Spline. Comes
standard with 58 lb factory calibrated
springs installed. Other spring rates
options are available (see pg. 31).
5
1
Assembly Includes
#
1*
2*
3
DESCRIPTION
Main Housing
Cover
Spacer
P/N
1786
1785
1789
P/N
1774**
7996
DESCRIPTION
Locker Internal Assembly
1/4-20 x 1/2” FHCS
#
4
5
QTY
1
1
1
QTY
1
5
**Specify 28 or 31 Spline (Ex. 1774-31)
*Must be purchased as a set.
WEDGELOCK
P/N 1792-28 (28 SPLINE)
V8
P/N 1792-31 (31 SPLINE)
1
3
14 lbs 8 oz
4
5
6
7
9*
8
The Wedgelock features a
parallel gear design which
automatically senses wheel spin
and delivers positive traction.
2
Assembly Includes
#
1*
2*
3†
4†
5
DESCRIPTION
Main Housing
Cover
Side Gear, Right
Side Gear, Left
Pinion Gear, Short
QTY
1
1
1
1
5
P/N
1687
1688
1693-xxA
1693-xxB
1692-01
ALUMINUM TRIPLE TRACK
P/N 2297M
5
4
1
3
6
V8
7
6
9
32
4
2
Option 8183M Installed In Rear
13 lbs 8 oz
Note: Axle lengths may vary when
changing from a spool to a differential.
Refer to pages 108-112.
QTY
5
1
5
1
†Specify 28 or 31 Spline (Ex. 1693-31A)
**Washer is used in preload application only.
*Must be purchased as a set.
The 31 Spline Aluminum Triple Track
assembly features crossed axis worm
drive gearing with a one piece, 7075-T6
Billet Aluminum Housing. Available for
4.11 Ratio Ring & Pinion Only.
P/N
1692-02
1996
8796
2113**
DESCRIPTION
Pinion Gear, Long
Scalloped Spacer
1/4-28 x 1” 12pt
Belleville Washer
#
6
7
8
9
5
8
9
Assembly Includes
#
1
2
3
4
5
DESCRIPTION
Main Housing, Mini
Pinion Gears
Axle Pin
Wear Plate
P/N
1679M
1709
2298
1586
1718
QTY
1
6
6
6
2
#
6
7
8
9
DESCRIPTION
Side Gear
Thrust Washer
Retainer Pin
1/4-20 x 5/8” 12pt
P/N
2238
7570-03
1608
8009
QTY
2
2
3
6
DIFFERENTIAL COMPONENTS
STEEL SPOOLS AND DIFFERENTIALS
2.000” JOURNAL
1 2
3
3
2 1
4
#
DESCRIPTION
Carrier Bearing Race
1
2
Carrier Bearing Cone (2.000”)
3 Carrier Shim Kit, 12 Shims (2.000” ID)
4
Checking Bearing Cone (2.000”)
P/N
7310
7309
5097
5138
QTY
2
2
1
2
P/N 7309ACS
Angular Contact Bearings w/ Steel Balls
Refer to page 118 for individual bearings.
STEEL SPOOLS AND DIFFERENTIALS
2.031” JOURNAL
1 2
3
3
2 1
4
#
DESCRIPTION
1
Carrier Bearing Race
2
Carrier Bearing Cone (2.031”)
3 Carrier Shim Kit, 12 Shims (2.031” ID)
4
Checking Bearing Cone (2.031”)
P/N
7310
7340
5295
5294
QTY
2
2
1
2
P/N 7309ACS
Angular Contact Bearings w/ Steel Balls
Refer to page 118 for individual bearings.
LOCKER PARTS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
#
1
1
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
6
6
6
7
DESCRIPTION
31 Spline Side Gear (Original Locker)
12 Spline Side Gear (Original Locker)
Side Gear Spring (Original Locker)
31 Spline Side Gear (Pre ‘99 Late Model Locker)
31 Spline Lock-Up Plug
31 Spline Lock-Up Plug
Locker Spring, Orange, 58 lb
Locker Spring, Blue, 68 lb
Locker Spring, Yellow, 78 lb
Locker Spring, Red, 90 lb
Locker Spring, 100 lb
Locker Spring Retainer
APPLICATION
10” QC
10” QC
10” QC
10” QC
10” QC
8 3/8” QC
8 3/8” QC
1 3/8” Long
1 7/8” Long
10” QC, 8 3/8” QC
10” QC, 8 3/8” QC
10” QC, 8 3/8” QC
10” QC, 8 3/8” QC
10” QC, 8 3/8” QC
10” QC, 8 3/8” QC
P/N
5519-01
5519-02
5520
1120
1122
2064
1968
6789
6789L
1280O
1280B
1280Y
1280R
1280-100
2279
All Winters springs are tested to ensure accuracy
within 2 lbs of rated category. (Colors may vary)
OPTION
---------------------------------------------8214-58
8214-68
Standard
8214-90
8214-100
------
33
SPOOLS AND OIL CIRCULATORS
SPOOLS
1
2
3
10”
#
1
2
3
4
4
4
4
10”
10”
DESCRIPTION
12 Spline Steel Spool, 10”
31 Spline Aluminum Spool, 10”
31 Spline Ultralight Aluminum Spool, 10”
31 Spline Aluminum Spool, Mini 8 3/8”, V8
28 Spline Aluminum Spool, Mini 8 3/8”, V8
31 Spline Aluminum Spool, Mini 4.11 Only
BRG DIA
2.000”
2.031”
2.031”
2.031”
2.031”
2.031”
WEIGHT
11 lbs
5 lbs 12 oz
5 lbs 2 oz
3 lbs 11 oz
3 lbs 14 oz
5 lbs 1 oz
SPRINT GEAR COVER PUMP
P/N 3792 (ALUMINUM)
P/N K3792 (MAGNESIUM)
V8
P/N
5034-04L
5034-11A
5034-11UL
6839-31
6839-28
1513-31
OPTION
8114-12
8115
8130
8115
8115-28
8195-31
7 6
5
By far the trickest rear end pump
assembly ever! This cover installs in
minutes and fits all 10” rear ends. Extends
no further than existing cover nuts.
1
See page 48 for
Oil Screen Assembly
P/N 3720
4
3
2
9
K3792 SPRINT GEAR COVER W/PUMP
8
FILTER
INLET SIDE
OUTLET SIDE
Assembly Includes
#
1
1*
2
2*
3
4
COOLER
SCREEN FILTER (DESIRABLE)
SHOWN USING CONVENTIONAL ENGINE ROTATION
(CLOCKWISE FROM FRONT, COUNTER CLOCKWISE FROM REAR)
INLET IS SHOWN AT MOST DESIRABLE LOCATION (IN BELL).
(USE OF CENTER SECTION BOTTOM DRAIN HOLE NOT TO BE USED W/O LINE FILTER
BEFORE THE PUMP BECAUSE ALL SEDIMENT GRAVITATES TO THE BOTTOM PLUG.)
DEBRIS CIRCULATION WILL DESTROY THE PUMP.
QTY
P/N
DESCRIPTION
DESCRIPTION
#
1
2959
Aluminum Gear Cover
Bearing
5
1
Magnesium Gear Cover K2959
Bearing Retainer
6
1
2965
Aluminum Pump Cover
1/4-20 x 1/16” BHCS
7
1
Magnesium Pump Cover K2965
10-24 x 3/8” BHCS
8
1
2960
Rubber Gasket
Lower Shaft
9*
2
2961
Pump Gear
*P/N may vary depending on options ordered.
P/N
7332
3258
8083
7938
2963
QTY
2
1
6
16
1
WP500
PUMP ASSEMBLY
P/N 5305
Assembly Includes
Option 8110
This pump assembly fits all
Winters 10” rear ends. This is a
practical way to lower the oil
temperature during long races
by circulating lube through a
cooler (cooler not included).
Please Note: This pump
assembly requires a shorter
(1 3/8”) drive shaft.
34
Ou
tle
18
See page 48 for
Oil Screen Assembly
P/N 3720
t
1
2
3
4
5
11
6
7
16
17
8
Inl
9
et
10
15 12
#
DESCRIPTION
1
2
Pump Housing
3
Rotor Assembly for Pump
4
Driver Spacer
5
Sealing Ring
6
Spacer
7
O’Ring, Pump Housing
8
Pump Housing
9
O’Ring
10*
Seal, Seal Plate
10*
Seal, Viton, Seal Plate
11
Roll Pin
12
O’Ring
13
Seal Retainer
14 Retaining Ring, Seal Plate
15
5/16-18 x 1” Screw
16
17
3/8-16 x 2 1/4” HHCS
18 Standard Lower Shaft, Pump
P/N
QTY
7413
1
5306
1
5303
1
5304
1
2318
1
2309
1
7412
1
5299-01
1
7489
1
7204T
1
7204V
1
8028
1
7488
1
2267
1
8300
1
7193
2
7114
6
7192
6
5003-03
1
*P/N may vary depending on options ordered.
13
14
RING AND PINION ASSEMBLIES
INTEGRAL FLANGE PINION BEARING
10” NON-QUICK CHANGE
2ND GENERATION
10”
Available Ratios
RATIO
4.62
4.71
5.00
5.14
5.28
5.33
5.42
5.50
Pinion Nose
Roller Bearing
P/N 7331
Option P/N 8143
(not available on ratios
6.00 and higher)
P/N w/o BRGS P/N w/ BRGS
35462
36462
35471
36471
35500
36500
35514
36514
35528
36528
35533
36533
35542
36542
35550
36550
RATIO
5.66
5.83
6.00
6.17
6.33
6.50
6.67
35566
36566
35583
36583
35600
36600
35617
36617
36633
35633
35650
36650
35667
36667
Our Flanged Pinion Bearing Assembly is designed for all Heavy Duty Non-Quick Change applications.
Extend ring and pinion life with this spread bearing assembly that bolts in place for added pinion support. An
integral seal and o’ring are incorporated into the bearing race.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Assembly Includes
#
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
DESCRIPTION
3/4-20 Flanged Pinion Nut
Drive Yoke, 1310 Series
Seal, Buna “N”
Outer Bearing Cone
Crush Sleeve
Flanged Bearing Race
Inner Bearing Cone
O’Ring
Ball Bearing
P/N
2222
2216
7260
7553
2276
7569
7554
7490
7312
QTY
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
STANDARD PINION BEARING
1ST GENERATION
P/N 5401M (4.86 RING AND PINION W/ BEARINGS)
P/N 5400M (4.86 RING AND PINION W/O BEARINGS)
P/N 5715M (4.12 RING AND PINION W/ BEARINGS)
P/N 5714M (4.12 RING AND PINION W/O BEARINGS)
P/N 42457 (4.57 RING AND PINION W/ BEARINGS)
P/N 41457 (4.57 RING AND PINION W/O BEARINGS)
10”
Pinion Nose
Roller Bearing
P/N 7331
Option P/N 8143
Our Standard Pinion Bearing Assembly is designed for use with a 10 Spline Pinion. This assembly is only
available in 4.12, 4.86 & 4.57 ratios.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Assembly Includes
#
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
DESCRIPTION
Lockwasher
Non QC Pinion Nut
Bearing Lockwasher
Jam Nut
Washer
Bearing
Race
Bearing
Ball Bearing
P/N
1136
1137
5056
5032R
5055
7308
7307
7308
7312
QTY
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
35
8” RING AND PINION
1ST GENERATION
10” QUICK CHANGE
P/N 65411B (4.11 RING AND PINION W/ BEARINGS)
To order any 10” Quick Change or Center Kit with an 8”
Ring Gear add the following Options:
EDM 8” Ring Gear Bolts
Directly To All Full Size
Spools, Differentials,
Lockers, Etc.
Our brand new 8” Ring Gear is 20% smaller and 20%
lighter than a 10” Ring Gear, reducing flywheel
weight and unsprung weight. From a performance
standpoint, this 8” Ring Gear will accelerate and
de-accelerate quicker than a 10” Ring Gear. All cars
will benefit, lower horsepower cars can expect more
gain than higher horsepower cars.
1
2
3
4
5
6
All Low Drag
Bearing & Seal
Options Available!
Weighs 5.75 lbs
7
6
Assembly Includes
8
#
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
DESCRIPTION
Posi-Lock Retainer
O’Ring
Posi-Lock Nut
Washer
Outer Roller Bearing
Race
Pinion Cup
Inner Roller Bearing
P/N
1807
7486
1806
5055
7527
8622
4682
8902
QTY
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
8” RING AND PINION
2ND GENERATION
10” QUICK CHANGE
P/N 65411SB (4.11 RING AND PINION W/ BEARINGS)
P/N 65411S (4.11 RING AND PINION W/O BEARINGS)
To order any 10” Quick Change or Center Kit with an 8”
Ring Gear add the following Options:
Option 8111-8S 4.11 Ring & Pinion
Option 8133-8S Sprint Center
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Assembly Includes
36
#
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
DESCRIPTION
Posi-Lock Retainer
O’Ring
Posi-Lock Nut
Washer
Race
Pinion Cup
P/N
1807
7486
1806
5055
7527
8622
4871
7308
QTY
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
10” STANDARD PINION BEARING, 12 BOLT
10”
Option 8104 Pinion Posi-Lock Nut
Option 8143 Roller Nose Bearing
Pinion Nose
Roller Bearing
P/N 7331
10 11
12
Option P/N 8143
11
Double jam nuts with
double washers are standard
on Winters assemblies.
Standard Jam Nut Assem.
Assembly Includes
1
2
3
4
5
6
Option 8104
10”
8
7
9
8143
Replaces Standard Jam
Nut Assembly (#s 10-12)
Reduce Rotating &
Unsprung Weight!
EDM Ring Gear
Option 8202-XXX
7
#
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
DESCRIPTION
Aluminum Retainer Plate
Pinion Retaining Spacer
Posi-Lock Retainer
O’Ring
Posi-Lock Nut
Washer
Bearing
Race
Ball Bearing
Jam Nut
Bearing Lockwasher
P/N
6296A
5020
6484
7445
6485R
5055
7308
7307
7331
5021
5032R
5056
QTY
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
2
1
POLISHED RING AND PINION
REM® Process Option 8218-RP
Winters offers an in-house REM® Process, REM® Chemicals, Inc. are innovators of the
Isotropic Superfinish (ISF) Process. The ISF Process is a physicochemical process,
using high density, non-abrasive ceramic media and conventional vibratory finishing
equipment. The ISF Process removes the surface asperities inherent in
machining processes. By safely removing these microscopic peaks, the ISF Process
leaves a highly uniform surface, which reduces friction and allows for increased
lubrication capability. While the dimensional integrity remains intact, the result is an
improved component that will operated at lower temperatures, have increased durability, quieter operation and increased time between maintenance.
10” ANGULAR CONTACT PINION BEARING
P/N 8642ACS (PINION BEARING KIT/ STEEL BALLS)
Option 8244S-P
Radial Contact (Low Drag)
This assembly is excellent for
asphalt, low horsepower,
below 7000 RPM.
37
10” FLANGED “SPREAD” PINION BEARING
P/N 56486 (4.86 RATIO ONLY)
10”
Option 81486 Installed In New Rear Or Center Section
Winters Extra Heavy Duty Ring & Pinion
The Ultimate In Pinion Support
Pinion Nose
Roller Bearing
• The flanged bearing for critical support and retention
of the bearing race to the center section.
Option P/N 8143
P/N 7331
• The roller bearings have 40% greater load capacity.
• This bearing set allows a mammoth radius at the
juncture of the pinion shaft and pinion gear head.
Spread
Bearing
Design
• The pinion shaft was redesigned to eliminate stress
risers at critical areas.
• The pinion bearings were spread to the max.
Redesigned
To Eliminate
Stress Risers
• The “Ultimate” Package includes Posi-Lock & a Roller
Nose Bearing.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Mammoth Radius
Assembly Includes
#
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
DESCRIPTION
Posi-Lock Retainer
O’Ring
Posi-Lock Nut
Washer
Roller Bearing
P/N
1807
7486
1806
5055
7553
7548
7554
7331
QTY
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
8 3/8” FLANGED PINION BEARING
MINI 8 3/8” & V8 10 BOLT QUICK CHANGE
Available Assemblies
RATIO
3.78*
3.78
4.11
4.33
4.88
5.13
5.38
6811R*
6812R*
6811
6812
22411
21411
6813
6814
6815
6816
6817
6818
6819
6820
V8
6 Spline
Pinion Nose
Roller Bearing
P/N 7392
*R = Reverse Rotation
1
2
3
4
5
6
5
Assembly Includes
38
#
1
2
3
4
5
6
DESCRIPTION
Posi-Lock Retainer
O’Ring
Posi-Lock Nut
Washer
Roller Bearing
P/N
6822
7455
6821
6824
7527
7525
QTY
1
1
1
1
1
1
4.11 has a 9 tooth pinion. 4.12 has an 8 tooth pinion. The root of the tooth is dramatically increased on a
4.12. So is the strength! Be smart - insist on Winters 4.12 Ring and Pinion!
10” QUICK CHANGE, 12 BOLT
RATIO
4.12
*4.12
4.86
*4.86
4.87
4.57
**4.86
5714
5715
5714R
5715R
5401
5400
5400R
5401R
51487
52487
51457
52457
55486
56486
10” STANDARD PINION BEARING, 12 BOLT
** Spread Bearing Pack
* R = Reverse Rotation
10” NON-QUICK CHANGE, 12 BOLT
RATIO
†4.12
4.12
4.28
4.42
4.57
★4.62
★4.71
†4.86
†*4.86
4.86
★5.00
★5.14
★5.28
★5.33
★5.42
★5.50
★5.66
★5.83
★6.00
★6.17
★6.33
★6.50
★6.67
5715M
5714M
35412
36412
42428
41428
41442
42442
41457
42457
35462
36462
35471
36471
5400M
5401M
5400MR
5401MR
35486
36486
35500
36500
35514
36514
36528
35528
35533
36533
36542
35542
35550
36550
35566
36566
35583
36583
35600
36600
35617
36617
35633
36633
35650
36650
35667
36667
★ Ratios marked with a ‘star’ are only available with Integral
Flange Pinion Bearing (2nd Generation). See page 35 for a
complete list of parts included with Ring & Pinion.
* Reverse Rotation
† 1st Generation Only
“Insist on Winters replacement parts for proper fit
and exact replacement. There is no other choice!”
MINI 8 3/8” AND V8, 10 BOLT
RATIO
*3.78
3.78
4.11
4.33
4.88
5.13
5.38
P/N
P/N
P/N
P/N
w/o BRGS w/o BRGS w/ BRGS w/ BRGS
*6811R
*6811RM
*6812R *6812RM
6811
6811M
6812
6812M
22411
22411M
21411
21411M
6813
6813M
6814
6814M
6815
6815M
6816
6816M
6817
6817M
6818
6818M
6819
6819M
6820
6820M
* R = Reverse Rotation
M = Non-Quick Change
8” 4.11 Ring And Pinion
In A 10” Housing, 12 BOLT
RATIO
4.11
*4.11
*2nd Generation Assembly
7”, 10 BOLT
10” XTREMELINER, 12 BOLT
RATIO
2.00
3.08
25200
26200
25308
26308
65411
65411B
65411S
65411SB
RATIO
3.78
4.57
5.13
11378
12378
11457
12457
11513
12513
39
RING AND PINION COMPONENTS
POSI-LOCK
The Posi-Lock Option greatly simplifies pinion installation and bearing preload maintenance adjustment,
eliminating the need for special adjustment tools. Required on ‘Sprint’ Center.
POSI-LOCK, 10” QUICK CHANGE
P/N 6498R (RIGHT HAND THREAD, STANDARD)
Option 8104
P/N 1493 (RIGHT HAND THREAD)
P/N 6498L (LEFT HAND THREAD,)
Assembly Contains One Of Each
(Standard Equipment)
1
2
1
3
2
Assembly Includes
#
1
2
3
Assembly Includes
#
DESCRIPTION
P/N
1
Aluminum Posi-Lock Retainer
6484
2
O’Ring
7445
3 Alum. Posi-Lock Nut (1 5/16-20 Thread) 6485R
DESCRIPTION
Posi-Lock Retainer
O’Ring
Posi-Lock Nut (1 5/16-20 Thread)
P/N
1807
7486
1806
POSI-LOCK, MINI 8 3/8” AND V8
QUICK CHANGE (Standard Equipment)
P/N 6823-02 (1 1/4”-20 RIGHT HAND THREAD)
P/N 6823-03 (RIGHT HAND THREAD)
(Standard Equipment)
1
1
2
3
3
Assembly Includes
#
1
2
3*
3*
DESCRIPTION
Posi-Lock Retainer
O’Ring
2
3
Assembly Includes
P/N
6822
7455
6821-01
6821-02
#
1
2
3
DESCRIPTION
Posi-Lock Retainer
O’Ring
P/N
6822
7455
6821-03
* Please Note: Vintage 8 3/8” QC
w/ 3.78 R&P use 6823-01
P/N 8218-RP
(Ring & Pinion)
Threaded Ring Gear Bolt Kit
P/N 7868
Non-Threaded Ring Gear Bolt Kit
P/N 7165
The REM Process results in enhanced
EHL lubricant films. The REM® Process,
used in finishing gears, increases performance by virtually eliminating gear friction
and wear, also reducing oil temperature.
Nothing comes close to being as friction
free.
P/N 2374
Trouble with pinion retainer plate
bolts coming loose? Try this.
Lock Tab fits all Winters 10”
Rear Ends (Except 3.08).
40
P/N 7331
Option P/N 8143
(Change Gears)
P/N 8218-LS
Looks
Like
Chrome,
But
Better
(Lower Shaft)
P/N 8218-BRG
(Bearings)
• Ring & Pinions • Quick Change Gears • Differential Gears
• Lower Shafts • Bearings
Lock Tab
Pinion Nose
Roller Bearing
P/N 8218-QCG
®
We Can Do Them All!
Determining Ring & Pinion Ratio
Important: Shut Off Power
1. Elevate car
2. Remove quick change gears
3. Chalk mark the tire at 12 o’clock position
4. Chalk mark the pinion at 12 o’clock position
5. Rotate tire one complete revolution
6. Count pinion revolution as tire is rotated
Just past 4 revolutions
= 4.12
4 1/2 revolutions
= 4.57
Almost 5 revolutions
= 4.86
CENTER SECTIONS
P/N 6559
10” HEAVY DUTY
P/N 5012
10” ENDURO
P/N 5012M
19 lbs
2 oz
9 lbs
1
15 lbs
2 oz
3
2
10” CHAMP V10
P/N K5840-V10
10” SPRINT
P/N 5840
11 lbs
12 oz
17 lbs
4 oz
5
4
10” XTREMELINER
P/N 5012-308
10” FRONT QUICK CHANGE
P/N K5012-FQC
17 lbs
8 oz
11 lbs
12 oz
7
6
#
1
1
2
2
3
4
5
5
5
6
7
DESCRIPTION
BARE P/N
Non-Quick Change Center, Aluminum, 10”
6559
Non-Quick Change Center, Magnesium, 10”
K6559
5012
Heavy Duty Center, Aluminum, 10”
Heavy Duty Center, Magnesium, 10”
K5012
5012M
Enduro Center, Aluminum, 10”
Champ V10 Center, Magnesium, 10”
K5840-V10
5840
Sprint Center, Aluminum, 10”
Sprint Center, Magnesium, 10”
K5840
K5840R
Sprint Center, Magnesium, Reverse Rotation, 10”
Xtremeliner Center, Aluminum, 10”
5012-308
Front Quick Change Center, Magnesium, 10”
K5012-FQC
Fact: Magnesium is 66% the weight of aluminum. Example: 6559 Aluminum Non-Quick Change Center weighs 9 lbs. The
same center in magnesium P/N K6559 weighs 6 lbs.
41
CENTER SECTIONS
8” CHAMP V10
P/N 5840-V8S
8” QUICK CHANGE
P/N 5840-V8
17 lbs.
8 oz.
11 lbs.
1
2
MINI 8 3/8” HEAVY DUTY
P/N 2524HD
MINI 8 3/8”
P/N 6727
Option P/N 8216
9 lbs.
6 oz.
10 lbs.
4
3
8 3/8” V8
P/N V8-2524HD
8 3/8” NON-QUICK CHANGE
P/N 2518
12 lbs.
5 oz.
6 lbs.
5
6
7” QUICK CHANGE
P/N 3300
7 lbs.
10 oz.
7
#
1
1
2
3
3
4
5
6
7
Description
Quick Change Center, Aluminum, 8”
Quick Change Center, Magnesium, 8”
Champ V10 Center, Magnesium, 8”
Mini Center, Aluminum, 8 3/8”
Mini Center, Magnesium, 8 3/8”
Mini Heavy Duty Center, Aluminum, 8 3/8”
V8 Heavy Duty Quick Change Center, 8 3/8”
Non-Quick Change Center, Aluminum, 8 3/8”
Quick Change Center, Aluminum, 7”
Bare P/N
5840-V8
K5840-V8
5840-V8S
6727
K6727
2524HD
V8-2524HD
2518
3300
42
CENTER KITS
To order any Full Size 10” Center Kit with an
8” Ring Gear add the following Options:
1ST GENERATION
2ND GENERATION
TORQUE SPECS
Non-Threaded Ring Gear Bolt and
Locknut-35 Ft. Lbs.
DESCRIPTION
Non-Quick Change Center Aluminum (10”)
Non-Quick Change Center Magnesium (10”)
Heavy Duty Aluminum Center (10” Quick Change)
Heavy Duty Magnesium Center (10” Quick Change)
Enduro Aluminum Center (10” Quick Change)
Sprint Center Kit, Aluminum (10” Quick Change)
Sprint Center Kit, Magnesium (10” Quick Change)
Sprint Center Magnesium-Reverse Rotation (10” QC)
**Mini Quick Change Aluminum Center (8 3/8” Quick Change)
Mini Quick Change Magnesium Center (8 3/8” Quick Change)
Mini Non-Quick Change, Aluminum (8 3/8”)
7” Quick Change, Aluminum
Front Quick Change, Magnesium (10” Quick Change)
Xtremeliner Quick Change, Aluminum (10” Quick Change)
V8 Quick Change, Aluminum (8 3/8” Quick Change)
KIT P/N
4058
K4058
5058
K5058
5058M
6170
K6170
K6170R
2096**
K2096
2410
3742
K3744
3746
4601
KIT w/ BELLS
4127
K4127
5127
K5127
5127M
2745
K2745
K2745R
2097**
K2097
2415
3743
K3745
3747
4602
** For Heavy Duty Center add Option 8216M
Winters manufactures all centers to exacting tolerances. However, when replacing your center, check the side bell
preload and backlash making sure that it is an exact replacement. See pages 113-117 for applicable instructions.
KIT WITH BELLS
Includes items above plus Bells, Seals, O’ Rings, Bearings, Shim Kit, Tube and Bell Bolts and Adjuster
(where applicable).
Bell Options
OPTION #
8136
8136P
8155
8155P
8186P
8186PM
DESCRIPTION
Lightweight 4 Rib Side Bell
Lightweight 4 Rib Side Bell w/ Inspection Plug
Heavy Duty 8 Rib Side Bell
Heavy Duty 8 Rib Side Bell w/ Inspection Plug
43
OVERHAUL KITS
Overhaul kits include all
bearings, seals and O’ Rings
needed to rebuild rear end.
IMPORTANT
Refer to pages 54-55 to
identify gear cover.
APPLICATION
Heavy Duty & Enduro Center
Hawk Center
Hawk Center
Hawk Center
Hawk Center
Sprint Center
Sprint Center
Sprint Center
Sprint Center
Sprint Center
Sprint Center
Sprint Center
Sprint Center
Non-Quick Change Center (1st Generation)
Non-Quick Change Center (1st Generation)
Non-Quick Change Center (2nd Generation)
Non-Quick Change Center (2nd Generation)
Mini Quick Change Center
7” Center
Front Quick Change
Front Quick Change
Xtremeliner Center
Xtremeliner Center
Mini Non-Quick Change Center
V8 Quick Change Center
BELL
4 or 6 Rib
8 Rib
4 or 6 Rib
8 Rib
4 or 6 Rib
8 Rib
4 or 6 Rib
8 Rib
4 or 6 Rib
8 Rib
4 or 6 Rib
8 Rib
4 or 6 Rib
8 Rib
4 or 6 Rib
8 Rib
4 or 6 Rib
8 Rib
4 or 6 Rib
8 Rib
4 Rib
6 Rib
4 or 6 Rib
8 Rib
8 Rib
8 Rib
4 Rib
12 Rib
COVER
Deep Cover
Deep Cover
Super Cover
Super Cover
Deep Cover
Deep Cover
Super Cover
Super Cover
Tumbled Cover
Tumbled Cover
Heavy Duty Cover
Heavy Duty Cover
Small Brg Cover
Small Brg Cover
Big Brg Cover
Big Brg Cover
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Mini Cover
Small Brg Cover
Front QC Cover
Front QC Cover
Deep Cover
Super Cover
Mini Cover
Straight Finned
P/N
5057-02A
5057-01A
5510-02A
5510-01A
3057-02A
3057-01A
3510-02A
3510-01A
1209-02A
1209-01A
1209HD-02A
1209HD-01A
1209SC-02A
1209SC-01A
1209BC-02A
1209BC-01A
2424-46A
2424-08A
2425-46A
2425-08A
2257A
3793-02A
5057FQC-02A
5057FQC-01A
3794-01A
3794-01B
2257A-NQ
4399
The above P/Ns are for assemblies with an aluminum carrier with 2.031” brg. journals.
If a steel carrier with 2.000” brg. journals is to be used, delete suffix ‘A’ from P/N. (EXAMPLE 1209-02)
44
LOWER SHAFTS
10” FULL SIZE QUICK CHANGE
1
2
Retaining Ring P/N 7610 (2 needed)
Retaining Ring P/N 7610
4
3
5
7
6
9
8
#
1
1
2
3
3
4
See page 34 for sprint gear cover pump
DESCRIPTION
Standard Shaft, Open Drive
Heat Treated Shaft, Open Drive
Standard Shaft, Closed Drive
Standard Shaft, “Hawk”
Heat Treated Shaft, “Hawk”
Standard Lower Shaft, Pump
P/N
5003-02
5003
5003-05
6371-02
6371-01
5003-03
#
5
6
7
8
9
P/N
DESCRIPTION
1550
Gundrilled Shaft, Open Drive
3536
Yoke (for P/N 1550 Gundrilled Shaft)
Lower Shaft, Int. Coupler, 10” Non-Shifter 3054
5003-308
Lower Shaft, Xtremeliner
2963
Standard Lower Shaft, Pump
10” FRONT QUICK CHANGE
1
DESCRIPTION
Lower Shaft
Lower Shaft (for use with pump)
#
1
2
2
P/N
3421S
3421
For Use with Pump
MINI 8 3/8” AND V8 QUICK CHANGE
1
2
3
4
#
1
1
2
P/N
DESCRIPTION
6881-01
Standard Shaft, Mini QC (Yoke Application)
Heat Treated Shaft, Mini QC (Yoke Application) 6881-03
V8-3886
Standard Shaft, V8 QC (Yoke Application)
#
3
4
4
P/N
DESCRIPTION
7390
Bearing
5038
Drive Yoke, 1310 Series
Drive Yoke, 1310 Series, Aluminum 5038A
7” QUICK CHANGE
P/N 3340
45
YOKES
ALUMINUM YOKE
10 Spline
ALUMINUM YOKE GIRDLE
KIT P/N 2491
Radius
In High
Stress
Areas
Stainless
Steel
Sleeve
Includes:
2 - Girdles (P/N 2454)
4 - Lock Washers (P/N 7760)
4 - 5/16-18 x 1 1/2” 12pt (P/N 7789)
P/N 2454
P/N 5038AS
Option 8182B
Fits all popular quick changes.
Machined from high strength 7075-T6
aluminum, this durable yoke is fitted
with a stainless steel sleeve at seal
contact area. This yoke compliments
any weight conscious setup.
Uses series 1310 (1 1/16”) joint
STEEL YOKE
10 Spline
Machined from 7075-T6
aluminum, this girdle eliminates
trunion bearing distortion,
keeping the trunion bearing
round regardless of retaining
bolt torque!
Fits Aluminum Yoke Only
Uses series 1310 (1 1/16”) joint
STEEL YOKE
10 Spline
P/N 3588
1 1/4-10 Spline Yoke
Use Dana® Series 1350, 1 3/16” Joint
Option 8275
P/N 5038
P/N 3588M
Use with 5012 Series Centers,
Mini 8 3/8” & V8
Option 8275-1
STEEL YOKE
29 Spline
STEEL YOKE
10 Spline
P/N 2216
2nd Generation Non-Quick Change
P/N 5038B
46
Threaded for Strap Kit
Option 8233
P/N 3565
2nd Generation Non-Quick Change
Option 8275
YOKES
STEEL YOKE
10 Spline
STEEL YOKE
32 Spline
P/N 3533
P/N 3536
Fits Sprint Center & V8 Quick Change
JOURNAL ASSEMBLY
P/N 3566
Option 8275
Involute spline yoke for gundrilled
lower shaft. P/N 3436 is standard
on Xtremeliner Rears.
STEEL FLANGED YOKE
P/N 5382
1310 Series
1 1/16” Diameter w/ Grease Fitting
P/N 6847
1310 Series
1 1/16” Diameter w/o Grease Fitting
P/N 5856
P/N 5382
For Front Quick Change
1350 Series
1 3/16” Diameter w/ Grease Fitting
YOKE ACCESSORIES
STRAP KIT
U - BOLT KITS
B
Kits Includes:
2 - U-Bolts
4 - Lock Washers
4 - Hex Nuts
Torque: 15 Ft Lbs
A
JOURNAL
SERIES DIAMETER
5855 1.406” 1.684” 1310
1 1/16”
5855L 1.406” 1.934” 1310
1 1/16”
6999 1.640” 2.000” 1350
1 3/16”
P/N
A
RETAINING WASHER
AND SCREW
B
P/N 3213
P/N 5037
For 1310 Series Journal
Assemblies Only
Retaining Washer
P/N 7109Y
3/8-24 X 1” HHCS
47
CENTER COMPONENTS
SEAL PLATES
Kit Includes
DESCRIPTION
P/N
QTY
K6554
1
Seal Plate
Seal, .375”
7204
1
Retaining Ring
7653
1
O’Ring
7448
1
6115-065
1
Shim
Lightweight
Kit Includes
DESCRIPTION
Seal Plate
Seal, .750”
Retaining Ring
O’Ring
P/N K6663
P/N
QTY
5018-01ML
1
7204T
1
7652
1
7474
1
10” Non-Quick Change w/ Seal 10 Spline, 1st Generation
P/N 5018L
Diecast, Lightweight Aluminum Seal Plate
Standard equipment on 10” Quick Change (Open Drive)
Use Bolt P/N 7110
Add Option 8199 for Viton Seal
Kit Includes
DESCRIPTION
Seal Plate
Seal, .750”
O’Ring
P/N
QTY
K6854-01M
1
7204T
1
7474
1
DESCRIPTION
Seal Plate
Seal, .750”
Retaining Ring
O’Ring
8 3/8” Quick Change (Open Drive) w/ Seal
Lightweight
Solid
Kit Includes
P/N K6854
Kit Includes
DESCRIPTION
Seal Plate
Seal, .750”
O’Ring
P/N
3325
3327
7484
QTY
1
1
1
P/N
5018-01M
7204T
7652
7474
QTY
1
1
1
1
P/N 5018
P/N K5018 (Magnesium)
10” Quick Change (Open Drive) w/ Seal
Option 8268 for applications requiring solid seal plate
Add Option 8199 for Viton Seal
P/N 3302
7” Quick Change Diecast, Lightweight Aluminum Seal Plate
BOLT KITS
DESCRIPTION
10” Thrubolt Kit, Steel
10” Thrubolt Kit, Titanium
10” Thrubolt Kit, Steel, Non-Quick Change
10” Thrubolt Kit, Titanium, Non-Quick Change
10” Thrubolt Kit, Titanium, Front Quick Change
DESCRIPTION
8 3/8” & 7” Side Bell Stud Kit, Steel
8 3/8” & 7” Side Bell Stud Kit, Titanium
DESCRIPTION
7/16-20 x 5 1/2” HHCS, Titanium Thrubolt
7/16-20 x 6 1/4” HHCS, Titanium Thrubolt
P/N
5218
7820T
4218
4218T
7821T
P/N
2219
2219T
P/N
7176T
*7176TL
OPTION
-----8126
-----8126-NQC
8127
OPTION
-----8234
OPTION
-----------
* Used for Bracket Mounts
Option 8249 6” Thrubolt, Steel Only (Specify Qty.)
Option 8249L 6 1/2” Thrubolt, Steel Only (Specify Qty.)
OIL SCREEN
Assembly Includes
ASSEMBLY P/N 3720
#
1
2
3
4
5
6
DESCRIPTION
1/4-20 x 1” 12pt
Screen Half, Drilled
Filter Screen w/ O’Ring
Screen Half, Tapped
90° Mounting Bracket
Straight Mounting Bracket
P/N
QTY
7159
8
3393-01
1
3838
1
3393-02
1
3398
1
3397
1
6
4
5
3
2
1
See Page 34 for available Oil Pumps
48
DRIVE LINE COMPONENTS
DIRT MODIFIED DRIVE LINE
1
1
2
3
#
1
2
3
DESCRIPTION
Aluminum 32 Spline Slip Yoke
Drive Shaft, Specify Length When Ordering
U-Bolt Assembly
P/N
4865-32
5991-XX
3655M
QTY
2
1
4
3
Gundrilled from solid stock, this 32 spline drive shaft has several advantages. Compared to the atiquated 16
spline assembly, which binds under load, this updated 32 spline assembly glides effortlessly. A large (1.275) O.D.
results in less drive shaft whip, extended joint life and reduced drive shaft vibration. This results in a much freer
race car.
DRIVE SHAFT COMPONENTS
1
2
#
1
2
3
4
4
3
DESCRIPTION
Slip Stub Shaft, 1 3/8”-16 Spline, 5 11/32”*
Slip Stub Shaft, 1 3/8”-16 Spline, 2 1/4” of Spline, 6 11/32”*
Tube Yoke, 1 1/16” Bearing Diameter, 1 27/32”**
Drive Shaft Tubing, 2 1/2” O.D. x .065” Wall (priced per inch)
P/N
5847
5851
5849
6134
* Measured from the weld to the end of the yoke.
** Measured from the center line of bearing to the weld.
MISCELLANEOUS
LOCK TAB
P/N 2374
Keeps pinion retainer plate
bolts from coming loose.
ROCK GUARD
P/N 2289
This steel guard protects
your aluminum axle tubes
from nicks.
49
BELLS
All bells shown on this page are available in magnesium or aluminum unless specified otherwise. When
ordering magnesium add prefix ‘K’ tp P/N. Example: K5016-03
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
When installing a tube in a bell, place the tube in a 5 gallon bucket of ice. Heat the bell in an oven to 270°-300°F.
Lubricate the bell bore and drop the tube into the bell. DO NOT TORCH! Annealing and/or cracking will occur.
10” 8 RIB BELLS
2
1
3
12 lbs.
8 oz.
11 lbs.
12 oz.
4
12 lbs.
2 oz.
12 lbs.
10” 6 RIB BELLS
5
For use
with pump
7
6
Permanent
Mold
See Page 5 for
more details
7 lbs.
9 oz.
9 lbs.
2 oz.
8 lbs.
4 oz.
10” 4 RIB BELLS
9
8
10
8 lbs.
4 oz.
#
1
2
3
4*
5
6*
7*
8
9
10
11**
50
9 lbs.
6 oz.
9 lbs.
DESCRIPTION
8 Rib Bell, Left
8 Rib Bell w/ Inspection Plug
8 Rib Bell, Lightweight, Left
8 Rib Bell w/ Inspection Plug, Lightweight, Right
6 Rib Bell, Left
6 Rib Bell w/ Inspection Plug, Right
6 Rib Bell w/ Inspection Plug, For Pump, Right
4 Rib Bell, Left
4 Rib Bell w/o Inspection Plug, Right
P/N
5016-02
5016-03
5016-02M
5016-05
1663-02
1663-01B
1663-04
6697-02
6697-01
6697-01B
5016-308
PLUG
-----3261
-----3643
-----3261
3261
----------3261
3261
OPTION
8155
8155P
8155PM
8155PM
8186P
8186P
8253
8136
8136
8136P
------
* Available only with Inspection Plug. ** Available in Aluminum Only.
NOTE: All weights listed are in aluminum except #’s 4 & 5.
XTREMELINER
RIGHT SIDE BELL
11
13 lbs.
8 oz.
BELLS
Fact: Magnesium is 66% the weight of aluminum. Example: 5016-02 8 Rib Side Bell weighs 11 lbs 12 oz. The
same bell in magnesium, P/N K5016-02 weighs 8 lbs 4 oz.
8 3/8” MINI BELLS
7” BELLS
15
14
13
5 lbs.
5 oz.
4 lbs.
4 oz.
4 lbs.
3 oz.
5 lbs.
12 oz.
V8 12 RIB BELL
16
#
DESCRIPTION
P/N
13*
Mini Quick Change Bell, Left
1449-02
13*
Mini Non-Quick Change Bell, Left
1449-02
14*† Mini Quick Change Bell w/ Inspection Plug, Right 6840-01
14*
Mini Non-Quick Change Bell, Right
6840-01
15**
7” Quick Change Bell, Left
3345
16**
7” Quick Change, Right
3306
V8-3180-01
17**
V8 Quick Change Bell, Left & Right
17
PLUG
----------3643
---------------------
* Available in Magnesium & Aluminum. ** Available in Aluminum Only.
† Available only with Inspection Plug.
NOTE: All weights listed are in aluminum.
When ordering magnesium, add prefix ‘K’ to P/N. Example: K1449-02
6 lbs.
4 oz.
AXLE/TUBE SEALS
REPLACEMENT SEAL P/N 7267
Winters offers two designs of Axle/Tube Seals to prevent oil in the rear from entering the side tubes. The
Aluminum Case Seal incorporates o’rings to seal in the side tube I.D. The lighter, Stamped Steel Case Seal press
fits into the side tube much like a conventional oil seal to ensure positive stability. Both styles use a flexible lip
with garter spring to grip the axle shaft. A must for use with non-aluminum spool rear ends.
1
2
3
#
DESCRIPTION
1 Aluminum Case, Aluminum Tube
2
3
4
5
Steel Case, Steel Tube
5
Steel Case, Aluminum Tube
6 7” Aluminum Case, Steel Tube
4
P/N WALL TUBE
2842
.250”
2841
.200”
3485
.156”
3483
.125”
7266
.200”
7268
.250”
3677
.140”
5
I.D. O’RING CASE
2.500” 7460
2733
2.600” 7468
2732
2.700” 8418
3484
2.750” 8419
3483
2.600”
----------2.500”
----------2.220” 8435
3676
6
51
BELL COMPONENTS
LEVEL AND INSPECTION PLUGS
1
1A
2
3
4
5
#
DESCRIPTION
APPLICATION
P/N
1
Level Plug, Aluminum
10”, 8 3/8” & 7”
7111AL
1A
Level Plug w/ O’Ring, Steel
10”, 8 3/8”, 7” & V8 Center
7874
5290
2
Inspection Plug w/ O’Ring
10” Center & Side Bell
3
V8 8 3/8” Center & Side Bell
6857
10” Center & Side Bell
3261
4*
5*
V8 8 3/8” Center & Side Bell
3643
6 Inspection Plug w/ O’Ring & Fitting 1 7/8” Front Quick Change Cooler 5290FQC
6
O’RING
----------7453
7454
7453
7454
7453
* For use with 1” socket.
RING GEAR ADJUSTMENT
SCREW KITS
O’RINGS
10
9
P/N 7137
P/N 7167
P/N 7137
P/N 7167
7
P/N 6149
P/N 7155
P/N 5010
P/N 5010
SIDE BELL SEALS
BEARING RACE
8A
8
11
52
#
7
7
7
7
8
8A
9
10
11
DESCRIPTION
Side Bell O’Ring
Side Bell O’Ring
Side Bell O’Ring
Side Bell O’Ring
Side Bell Seal
Side Bell Seal, Viton
Ring Gear Adjustment Screw Kit
Ring Gear Adjustment Screw Kit
Bearing Race
APPLICATION
10” 8 Rib Side Bells
10” 4 & 6 Rib Side Bells
V8 & Mini 8 3/8”
7” Quick Change
10”, V8, Mini 8 3/8” & 7”
10”, V8, Mini 8 3/8” & 7”
10” 8 Rib Side Bells
10” 4 & 6 Rib Side Bells
10” 4, 6 & 8 Rib Side Bells, V8 & Mini 8 3/8”
P/N
7403
7403T
7451
3351
7205
7283V
5157
6236
7310
GEAR COVER COMPONENTS
BEARING CAPS
1
GASKETS
5
2
6
V8
10
9
8
7
4
11
12
13
Option
8217
Option
8217
3
STANDARD HIGH NUT
SHORT HIGH NUT
14
15
DESCRIPTION
P/N
DESCRIPTION
P/N
DESCRIPTION P/N
5/16” Dia. Steel Ball 7398
7802
3/8-16 x 1 3/4” Stud
Steel
7794
3/8-16 x 1 3/4” Stud, Titanium 7802T
Chrome
7794C
Blue
7794AB
Black
7794ABK
7794AC
Polished
Steel High Nut Kit
Gold
7794AG
Option 8210
Purple
7794AP
Red
7794AR
DESCRIPTION
P/N
DESCRIPTION
P/N
3/8-16 x 1 3/4” Stud
7802
Black
7794ASBK
Metallic
7794ASM 3/8-16 x 1 3/4” Stud, Titanium 7802T
Red
7794ASR
Option 8210S
Shorter high nuts increase fuel cell clearance!
Standard High Nut Kits
Kits include High Nuts, Studs & Steel Balls (10 each).
DESCRIPTION KIT P/N
Metallic
6390A
Blue
6390AB
Black
6390ABK
Chrome
6390AC
Short High Nut Kits
Kits include High Nuts, Studs & Steel Balls (10 each).
DESCRIPTION KIT P/N
Gold
6390AG
Purple
6390AP
Red
6390AR
Steel Chrome
6390C
DESCRIPTION KIT P/N
Black
6390ASBK
Metallic
6390ASM
Red
6390ASR
COVER BOLT KITS
(6 of each)
16
DESCRIPTION
P/N
5/16” Dia. Steel Ball 7398
HIGH NUT ALTERNATIVES
17
GEAR COVER
O’ RING
18
20
LEVEL PLUG
Option 8210AC
Option 8210FL
Kit Includes:
10- P/N 7792 Studs
10- P/N 7114 Washers
10- P/N 7791 Acorn Nuts
Kit Includes:
10- P/N 7792 Studs
10- P/N 8076 Flanged Nuts
19
#
DESCRIPTION
P/N
1
Sprint Bearing Cap
1667
2
O’Ring, Standard Cover
7476
7406
2
O’Ring, Heavy Duty Cover
3
Back-up Ring, Needed with P/N 7406
7496
7842
4
Bearing Cap Bolt, Standard Cover
4
Bearing Cap Bolt, Heavy Duty Cover
7955
1950
5
Mini Bearing Cap
6
O’Ring, Mini Bearing Cap
7424
7850
7
Bearing Cap Bolt, Mini
8
Deep & Super Gear Cover Gasket
1764
6729
9
Sprint Center, V10 Gear Cover Gasket
10 Sprint Center, V10 Gear Cover Heavy Duty Gasket 6729HD
1764-FQC
11
Front Quick Change Gear Cover Gasket
#
12
12
13
14
14*
14*
15*
16
16
17
18
19
20
* Specify Color
DESCRIPTION
Mini 8 3/8”/V8 Gear Cover Gasket
Steel Shim w/ Durable Seal-Tite Facing
7” Quick Change Gear Cover Gasket
Steel High Nut & Stud Kit
Aluminum High Nut & Stud Kit
Aluminum High Nut & Titanium Stud Kit
Aluminum Short High Nut & Stud Kit
Bolt & Washer Kit, Deep Cover
Bolt & Washer Kit, Heavy Duty Super Cover
Acorn Nut Gear Cover Mounting Kit
Flanged Nut Gear Cover Mounting Kit
Level Plug, For Cover P/N 6746
O’Ring, For Cover P/N 4873-0
P/N
6703
6703HD
3343
6390
6390A
6390AT
4172
1266A
1266B
2930
2931
7874
8440
53
GEAR COVERS
STANDARD
P/N 6746
1
2
Shown With
Option 8208-C
Thermal Dispersant
Shown With
INTEGRAL PUMP
P/N 3792
5
BILLET ALUMINUM
P/N 4873
7
54
Shown Black Anodized.
Also Available In Silver.
Please Specify Finish When
Ordering.
3
Option 8208-C
Thermal Dispersant
SPRINT CENTER
P/N 3736
4
SPRINT CENTER
P/N 6508
HEAVY DUTY
P/N 6630
DEEP
P/N 5054
6
CUSTOM ENGRAVING
P/N 4873L
Option 8252BL
Whether you’re building a new rear or buying
a new gear cover, this is the cover of choice.
Machined from billet aluminum, with over 75
cooling fins, internal bearing retainers and
optional logo makes this the coolest cover
ever made. Tell us what you want on your
cover- Sponsers Name/Logo, Drivers Name,
Car Number, etc. and we’ll custom machine
to your specs. Please Note: Artwork files
need to be sent in a .DWG (Preferred), .DXF
or .IGES Format.
GEAR COVERS
BILLET ALUMINUM
WITH O’RING
P/N 4873-0
CHAMP V10
P/N K4677
8
FRONT QC
P/N K3420
9
10
Shown Black Anodized.
Also Available In Silver.
Please Specify Finish When
Ordering.
Shown With
Option 8208-C
Thermal Dispersant
O’Ring Groove
O’Ring P/N 8440
STANDARD 8 3/8” AND V8
P/N K6915
11
FINNED 8 3/8” AND V8
P/N 3225
STANDARD 7”
P/N 3342
13
12
Shown With
Option 8208-C
Thermal Dispersant
#
1
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
7
7
8
9
9
10
10
11
12
13
13
DESCRIPTION
Standard Lightweight Aluminum Sprint Cover, Tumbled
Heavy Duty Aluminum Sprint Center Cover
Aluminum Sprint Center Cover, Large Ball Bearing
Magnesium Sprint Center Cover, Large Ball Bearing
Aluminum Sprint Center Cover, Large Ball Bearing, Retainers
Magnesium Sprint Center Cover, Large Ball Bearing, Retainers
Aluminum Sprint Center with Integral Pump
Magnesium Sprint Center with Integral Pump
Aluminum Deep Cover with Ball Bearings
Billet Aluminum Gear Cover
Billet Aluminum Gear Cover with Custom Engraving
Billet Aluminum Gear Cover with O’Ring
Magnesium Champ V10 Cover, Large Ball Bearing with Retainer
Billet Aluminum Champ V10 Cover, Large Ball Bearing with Retainer
Magnesium Front Quick Change Cover
Magnesium Front Quick Change Cover, No Pump
Magnesium Mini 8 3/8” & V8 Center Cover
Straight Finned Mini 8 3/8” & V8 Center Cover with Bearing Retainers
7” Quick Change Cover, 2nd Generation
7” Quick Change Cover, 1st Generation
P/N
6746
6630
6508
K6508
3736
K3736
3792
K3792
5054
4873
4873L
4873-0
K4677
4677
K3420
K3420S
K6915
3225
3342
3342
BRG P/N PLUG P/N RETAINER OPTION
7524
7874
-------8185
7521
--------------8137
7332
--------------8168
7332
--------------8168
8659
-------3258
8252
8659
-------3258
8252
8659
-------3258
8264
8659
-------3258
8264
8659
7111B
3258
-------8659
-------3258
8252B
8659
-------3258
8252BL
8659
-------3258
8252B
8659
-------3258
8252B
8659
-------3258
8252B
7390, 7332
7874
--------------7390, 7332
7874
--------------7532
---------------------7532
-------3059
8225
7532
---------------------8611
-------2957
--------
55
3” SIDE TUBES AND SPINDLES
WIDE 5
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
When installing a tube in a bell, place the tube in a 5 gallon bucket of ice. Heat the bell in an oven to 270°-300°F.
Lubricate the bell bore and drop the tube into the bell. DO NOT TORCH! Annealing and/or cracking will occur.
.200 Standard Steel Tube Wall Thickness
Option 8265-156
.156 Wall Thickness
1
Option 8265-125
.125 Wall Thickness
Option 8151
2
Wide 5 & 2” GN Swaged Steel Tubes
Option 8140
3
1 Piece Aluminum Tubes
Available in Gold, Red, Purple, Blue or Black
Option 8138
4
Aluminum Tubes with Steel Spindles
5
2 1/2” Wide 5 Aluminum Tubes
Option 8213
‘B DIMENSION’
Please Order Tubes Using This Dimension
The inner bearing shoulder is what locates all hub assemblies.
Remove hub assembly and measure from edge of the bell to inner
bearing shoulder. Add the 5” of tube that is in the bell to come up
with the tube length. Specify inner bearing to end of tube.
#
1
1
1
1
2
3
4
4
4
4
5
DESCRIPTION
CAMBER P/N ASSEM P/N SPINDLE
Wide 5 Steel Tube & Spindle Assembly
Straight
5145
5151
0.5°
1405
1380-05
1410
1380-10
1.0°
1.5°
1415
1380-15
6846
One Piece
Wide 5 Swaged Steel Tube & Spindle
Straight
Wide 5 One Piece Aluminum Tube & Spindle
Straight
6672
One Piece
6631
6598
Wide 5 Aluminum Tube with Steel Spindle
Straight
0.5°
1405A
1379-05
1410A
1379-10
1.0°
1.5°
1415A
1379-15
2741
One Piece
2 1/2” Wide 5 Aluminum Tube & Spindle
Straight
LOCK NUT KITS
P/N TUBE
5110
5110
5110
5110
One Piece
One Piece
6597
6597
6597
6597
One Piece
P/N 1865A
Aluminum Nut w/ Button Head Screws
P/N 1865A-2
Aluminum Nut w/ Socket Head Screws
P/N 1865
Steel Nut w/ Button Head Screws
56
P/N 1865-2
Steel Nut w/ Socket Head Screws
End of tube to inner bearing shoulder
END TO END
TUBE LENGTH
Measure from end of tube to
edge of bell. Add the 5” of tube
that is in the bell. Specify end to
end measurements. See pages
108-112 for Dimensional Data.
See Page 106 for Camber Options
SPINDLE NUT/
LOCK WASHER
P/N 5101
Spindle Nut (2 per Spindle)
P/N 5095
Spindle Lock Washer
2 1/2” GN 5 ON 5
SPINDLE NUT/
LOCK WASHER
Option 8265-156
.156 Wall Thickness
1
P/N 7103-01
Option 8265-125
Right Spindle Nut
.125 Wall Thickness
P/N 7103-02
Left Spindle Nut
2
#
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
P/N 7118
Option 8140
Spindle Lock Washer
1 Piece Aluminum Tube
DOUBLE LIPPED
SEAL
DESCRIPTION
CAMBER P/N ASSEM P/N SPINDLE P/N TUBE
2 1/2” GN Tube & Spindle Assembly, Right
Straight
5006-01
5110
5052R
2 1/2” GN Tube & Spindle Assembly, Left
Straight
5052L
5006-02
5110
1610R
1383-10R
5110
1.0°
1.0°
1610L
1383-10L
5110
1383-15R
5110
1.5°
1615R
1.5°
1615L
1383-15L
5110
1618R
1383-18R
5110
1.8°
1.8°
1618L
1383-18L
5110
2.0°
1620R
1383-20R
5110
2.0°
1620L
1383-20L
5110
2.5°
1383-25R
5110
1625R
2.5°
1625L
1383-25L
5110
6754R
One Piece
One Piece
2 1/2” GN Aluminum Tube & Spindle Assembly, Right Straight
2 1/2” GN Aluminum Tube & Spindle Assembly, Left
Straight
6754L
One Piece
One Piece
P/N 7271
2 1/2” Double Lipped
Seal with Spring Seal
Retainer. Seals around
the axle.
See Pages 108-112 for Dimensional Data
2 7/8” WIDE 5
Option 8239
Aluminum
Option 8263
Steel
DESCRIPTION
2 7/8” Aluminum Side Tube Straight
3246
One Piece
One Piece
2 7/8” Steel Side Tube
Straight
3791
One Piece
One Piece
Add Option 1/2 8238 for Splined Tube
See Page 63 for 5 x 5 2 7/8” Tube P/N
SUPER SPEEDWAY
SPINDLE NUT/
LOCK WASHER
P/N 7980-01
Right Spindle Nut
DESCRIPTION
Super Speedway Steel Tube Assembly
Super Speedway Steel Tube Assembly
Super Speedway Steel Tube Assembly, Right
Super Speedway Steel Tube Assembly, Left
Super Speedway Steel Tube Assembly, Right
Super Speedway Steel Tube Assembly, Left
Straight
1900R
1289R
5110
Straight
1900L
1289L
5110
1915R
1474-15R
5110
1.5°
1.5°
1915L
1474-15L
5110
1918R
1474-18R
5110
1.8°
1.8°
1918L
1474-18L
5110
P/N 7980-02
Left Spindle Nut
P/N 7983
Spindle Lock Washer
SHORT WIDE 5
Option 8236
Short Wide 5 Tubes
Option 8265-156
.156 Wall Thickness
Option 8265-125
.125 Wall Thickness
DESCRIPTION
Short Wide 5 Steel Tube & Spindle Assembly
Straight
6947
6937
5110
Please Order
Tubes Using ‘B’
Dimension
See page 56
57
3” SIDE TUBES
STOCK FORD STYLE BEARING ENDS
Big Ford
2.375
1
3.150
3.500
2.000
Small Ford
2
2.835
3.330
Big Ford
(Torino)
2.000
3
3.150
3.562
4 BOLT TUBE ASSEMBLY
4
8 BOLT TUBE THICK FLANGE
SPINDLE BOLTS
8 Bolt Thick Flange
P/N 7873
Steel Tube
P/N 7774
Aluminum Tube
5
Option 8132
6
Aluminum 8 Bolt Tubes
(Spindles Not Included)
Referred to as Thick
Available in Gold or Black
8 BOLT TUBE THIN FLANGE
SPINDLE BOLTS
8 Bolt Thin Flange
P/N 7970
Steel Tube
P/N 7970A
Aluminum Tube
Option 8265-156
.156 Wall Thickness
7
Option 8265-125
Referred to as Thin
Referred to as Thick
8
.125 Wall Thickness
Option 8190
Please
Order
Tubes
Using ‘B’
Dimension
See page 56
58
Option 8190A
9
Thin Flanged 8 Bolt Aluminum Tubes
Referred to as Thin
#
1
2
3
4
4
5
6
7
7
8
8
9
DESCRIPTION
P/N ASSEM P/N TUBE END
Ford® Large Bearing Side Tube Assembly, 3.150
6478
6378
Ford® Small Bearing Side Tube Assembly, 2.834
6477
6220
2970
2505
Ford® Big Bearing Side Tube Assembly, 3.150, Torino®
4 Bolt Wide 5 Tube Assembly
5051
5224
5051
5224
4 Bolt 2 1/2” GN Tube Assembly
8 Bolt Wide 5 Steel Tube Assembly for Bearing Mount, Thick Flange
6577
6560
6603
One Piece
8 Bolt Wide 5 Aluminum Tube Assembly for Bearing Mount, Thick Flange
8 Bolt Thin Flange Steel Tube Assembly, 2” GN
1400
1299
1400-W5
1299
8 Bolt Thin Flange Steel Tube Assembly, Wide 5
8 Bolt Thin Flange Aluminum Tube Assembly, 2” GN
1400A
One Piece
1400A-W5
One Piece
8 Bolt Thin Flange Aluminum Tube Assembly, Wide 5
8 Bolt Thin Flange Steel Tube Assembly, 2 1/2” GN
1439
1397
P/N TUBE
5110
5110
5110
5110
5110
5110
One Piece
5110
5110
One Piece
One Piece
5110
BOLT-ON SPINDLES
WIDE 5
3
2
1
#
1
2
2
3*
3*
3*
P/N
CAMBER
Straight
6600
6620
Straight
Straight
6620HT
6620C-05
0.5°
6620C-10HT
1°
6620C-15HT
1.5°
P/N TUBE (Reference Only)
6577/6603/1400A/1400
6577/6603/1400A/1400
6577/6603/1400A/1400
1400
1400
1400
* Includes Bearing Sleeve P/N 6993 & O’Ring P/N 7464
HT = Heat Treat
2” GN 5 ON 5
1
#
1*
2*
2*
2*
2*
2*
2
P/N
1384
1384-05
1384-10
1384-15
1384-20
1384-25
CAMBER
Straight
0.5°
1°
1.5°
2°
2.5°
1400/1400A
1400/1400A
1400/1400A
1400/1400A
1400/1400A
1400/1400A
2 1/2” GN 5 ON 5
2
1
#
1*
1*
2
2
P/N
1385-15R
1385-15L
5155-01
5155-02
CAMBER
1.5° Right
1.5° Left
Straight (R)
Straight (L)
1439
1439
5051
5051
ANGULAR CONTACT BEARINGS
SPINDLE BOLTS
8 Bolt Thick Flange
P/N 7873
Steel Tube
P/N 7774
Aluminum Tube
8 Bolt Thin Flange
P/N 7970
Steel Tube
P/N 7970A
Aluminum Tube
Option 8254S-XX
Angular contact brgs w/ steel balls, Hub
XX = W5 (Wide 5)
= 2 (2” Snout)
= 25 (2.5” Snout)
= 287 (2.875” Snout)
= DM (Direct Mount)
See Page 118 for Individual Bearings
P/N 7271
2 1/2” Double Lipped
Seal with Spring Seal
Retainer. Seals around
the axle.
59
2” GN 5 ON 5
1
Option 8151
2
Wide 5 & 2” GN Swaged Steel Tubes
Option 8140
3
1 Piece Aluminum Tube
Option 8138
4
#
1
1
1
1
2
3
4
4
4
Straight
6785
6758
5110
0.5°
1505
1382-05
5110
1.0°
1510
1382-10
5110
1.5°
1515
1382-15
5110
One Piece
One Piece
Straight
6786S
Straight
6786
One Piece
One Piece
1670
1381
6597
Straight
0.5°
1505A
1381-05
6597
1510A
1381-10
6597
1.0°
DESCRIPTION
2” GN Steel Tube & Spindle Assembly
2” GN Swaged Steel Tube & Spindle
2” GN Aluminum Tube & Spindle
2” GN Aluminum Tube with Steel Spindle
BABY GRAND
1
Option 8138
2
#
1
1
2
Aluminum Tubes
with Steel Spindles
DESCRIPTION
Baby Grand Steel Tube & Spindle Assembly
Straight
2261
6547
5110
Baby Grand Steel Tube & Spindle Assembly
1.0°
1810
1386-10
5110
Baby Grand Aluminum Tube with Steel Spindle Straight
2264
1284
6597
7”
2
1
#
1
2
DESCRIPTION
2 1/2” Tube & Spindle Assembly
Straight
3363
3361
3360
2 1/2” Tube & Spindle Assembly, Toyota® Ends
N/A
3364
2947
3360
LOCK NUT KITS
P/N 1865
Steel Nut w/ Button Head Screws
60
P/N 1865-2
Steel Nut w/ Socket Head Screws
SPINDLE NUT/
LOCK WASHER
P/N 5101
Spindle Nut (2 per Spindle)
P/N 5095
Spindle Lock Washer
.156 Wall Thickness
Option 8265-125
.125 Wall Thickness
For Ordering Tube
& Bell Assemblies
w/ 2 7/8” Tubes
Option 1/2-8239
Aluminum 2 7/8” Style Tube
Shown with Pinion Inspection Plug
Option 8265-156
3” TUBES AND BE;;LLS
KIT P/N 8341
KIT
P/N 8341
Tube & Bell Thru-Bolt
With Flange Locknut
Assembly
Option 1/2-8237
(For One Tube & Bell Assembly)
Option 1/2-8238
Splined Tube
Option 1/2-8263
Steel 2 7/8” Style Tube
4 RIB
BELL & TUBE
6 RIB
BELL & TUBE
8 RIB
BELL & TUBE
V8 12 RIB
BELL & TUBE
IMPORTANT
When replacing the tube and bell assembly, check side bell preload and backlash. Install the O’Ring and seal. If
left bell, install thrustblock. Torque thrubolts to 35 Ft. Lbs. Snug left bell adjusting bolt, then back it off a 1/4 turn.
Thread lock the jam nut with the red stuff!
ORDERING INFORMATION
When ordering, provide length of tube using ‘B’ dimension (see page 56). Refer to pages 108-112 for Dimensional
Data. Refer to page 106 for available camber and page 103 for option numbers. For Cambered Tube & Bell
Assembly use specification form on page 107.
For Ordering Tube and Bell Assembly With Magnesium Bell add prefix ‘K’ to P/N. Example: K3146
For Ordering Tube & Bell Assembly With Aluminum Tube installed add suffix ‘A’ to P/N. Example: K3146A
Swaged Tube add Option 1/2 8151
*8 Bolt Thin Flange add Option 1/2 8190
6 Rib Bell Assembly Standard with Inspection Plug
For an 8 Rib Right Side Bell with Inspection Plug, add Option 8155P
For an 4 Rib Right Side Bell with Inspection Plug, add Option 8136P
For an 8 Rib Right Side Bell with Inspection Plug, Machined (Lightweight) add Option 8155PM
*.200 Standard Steel Tube Wall Thickness
When ordering tube
and bell assembly for a
Front Quick Change
Please Note: Right Side
Bell is mounted to Left
Side and Left Side Bell is
mounted to Right Side.
DESCRIPTION
SIDE
WIDE 5 2” GN 2 1/2” GN 8 BOLT 4 BOLT
4 Rib Aluminum Bell with Steel Tube
Right
3146*
3150
3044*
3148
3042
Left
3147*
3151
3045*
3149
3043
Right
4146
4150
4144
4148
4142
Left
4147
4151
4145
4149
4143
Right
5146
5141
5044
5148
5042
Left
5147
5142
5045
5149
5043
Mini QC Aluminum Bell with Steel Tube Right
2146
2150
2144
2148
2142
Mini QC Aluminum Bell with Steel Tube Left
2147
2151
2145
2149
2143
V8 QC Aluminum Bell with Steel Tube Right
V8-2146 V8-2150 V8-2144 V8-2148 V8-2142
V8 QC Aluminum Bell with Steel Tube
Left
V8-2147 V8-2151 V8-2145 V8-2149 V8-2143
* .200 Standard Steel Tube Wall Thickness
7” REAR
TUBE & BELL
ASSEMBLY
DESCRIPTION
SIDE
6 Rib Aluminum Bell with Steel Tube, Baby Grand Spindles Right
6 Rib Aluminum Bell with Steel Tube, Baby Grand Spindles Left
6 Rib Aluminum Bell with Steel Tube, Toyota Style Ends
Right
6 Rib Aluminum Bell with Steel Tube, Toyota Style Ends
Left
P/N
3786
3787
3788
3789
61
5 ON 5” AND 5 ON 4 3/4” HUB ASSEMBLIES
ASSEMBLIES
P/N 2255C - 5 On 5 Course Thread
P/N 2255F - 5 On 5 Fine Thread
P/N 2566C - 5 On 4 3/4” Course Thread
P/N 2566F - 5 On 4 3/4” Fine Thread
Investment Cast,
4140 heat treated steel.
Complete assembly as
shown, including 24
spline drive flange,
weighs 17 lbs 14 oz.
Assembly shown
with 1” longer studs
with quick start
lugnut pilot.
Option 9113
FITS 2 1/2” GN SPINDLE
(SEE PAGE 59)
Hub & Drive Flange Only 9 lbs 10 oz!
15
Assembly Includes
#
1
2
3
4
5
5
6
6
6
6
7
DESCRIPTION
Retaining Ring
Seal
Bearing Cone
Bearing Cup
Hub, 5 on 4 3/4”
Hub, 5 on 5”
5/8-18 x 3” Stud, Fine
5/8-11 x 3” Stud, Coarse
5 on 4 3/4” Stud, Fine
5 on 4 3/4” Stud, Coarse
5/8-11 Lug Nut
P/N
7644
7201
7301
7302
1750-475
1750
1684
1755
2884F
2884C
5712
#
8
9
9
10
10
11
12
13
14
15
QTY
1
1
2
2
1
1
5
5
5
5
5
DESCRIPTION
Bearing Lock Washer
O’Ring, Hub, 5 on 5”
O’Ring, Hub, 5 on 4 3/4”
Flange, 5 on 4 3/4”
Flange, 5 on 5”
5/16-18 x 5/8” FHCS
O’Ring, Dust Cap
Red Dust Cap
10-24 x 3/8” SHCS
Rotor Option
QTY
P/N
1
7118
1
7478
1
7494
1
1680-475
1
1680
2
7913
1
7479
1
1726
3
7938*
See Below
1
2
3
4
O’Ring P/N 7472
7
A true crown that works!
Has many of the ball drive
virtues. Requires using
Winters crown splined axles
(page 85). For cambered and
straight spindles. For 5 on 5
style hubs only.
DUST CAP
REPLACEMENT KIT
P/N 4310
3
8
11
14
12
13
SCREW-IN STUDS
KIT P/N 8941 (Not Sold Individually)
Option 9114 Installed In Hub
Need Longer Studs?
Kit includes 5 replacement
studs 1” longer with quick
start lugnut pilot.
Size: 5/8-11 x 4”
Bolts for Bullet Cap P/N 7986
4
9
10
PRESS-IN STUDS
Bullet Cap P/N 2353
5
6
* P/N 7938 Supercedes P/N 7969
CROWN SPLINE
DRIVE FLANGE
P/N 2356
Rotor Option
See Below
5/8-11 x 2 7/8”
2 1/2” GN CRUSH SLEEVE
P/N 3851
Keeps your hubs rolling
free. Installs between inner and
outer hub bearings. Reduces
bearing preload under load
conditions. Works with tapered
and angular contact bearings.
ROTOR OPTIONS (Additional Charge)
62
OPTION
8240
8241
8243
DIMENSION
.810 x 12 1/8”
.810 x 11 3/4”
1 1/4” x 11 3/4”
OPTION
ROTOR P/N
*8243L
2394
*8241L
2394GM
6608GM
* Drilled Rotor
DIMENSION
1 1/4” 11 3/4”
.810 x 11 3/4”
ROTOR P/N
6608GML
2394GML
Rotor options
applicable with hub
assembly purchase
only.
PRO ELIMINATOR 2 7/8” HUB ASSEMBLY
ASSEMBLIES
P/N 3935C - Course Thread
P/N 3935F - Fine Thread
Uses Standard
8 Bolt Rotor
FITS 2 7/8” TUBES
(SEE PAGE 57)
INVERTED DRIVE FLANGE
P/N 3602
Inside View Shown
Stronger, Lighter, Better Balance!
The Pro Eliminator inverted drive
flange uses shorter axles and fits
2 7/8” hubs.
18
17
Rotor Option
See Below
Assembly Includes
#
1
2
3
4
5
5
6
7
8
9
DESCRIPTION
Rear Hub
O’Ring
Bearing Cup
Bearing Cone
5/8-11 Wheel Stud, Coarse
5/8-11 Wheel Stud, Fine
Oil Seal
Retaining Ring
Washer
Spindle Nut
P/N
3601
8423
8682-2
8682-1
3596C
2884F
7284V
8349
3273
3271
QTY
1
1
2
2
5
5
1
1
2
1
#
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18*
DESCRIPTION
10-24 x 3/8” BHCS
Drive Flange
Drive Flange Cap
5/16-18 x 5/8” FHCS
1/4-20 x 1/2” 12pt
O’Ring
5/8-11 x 1” Lug Nut
Rotor Option
2 7/8” 5 x 5 Steel Tube
QTY
P/N
2
8740
1
3602
1
1726
2
7913
3
7938
1
7479
5
5712
See Below
1
3916
* For Reference Only. Not Included In Assembly
SPINDLE LOCK KIT
P/N 4301
7
6
4
3
1
2
3
4
8
9
8
Less Drag,
Lighter & Faster!
10
5
16
The Pro Eliminator 2 7/8” Hub
Assembly uses XXL tapered
bearings and races or optional
angular contact bearings.
11
15 12
14
13
SPINDLE NUT
WRENCH PLATE
P/N 3269
P/N 8254S-287
Angular Contact Bearings
w/ Steel Balls, Hub
Rotor options
applicable with hub
assembly purchase
only.
OPTION
8240
8241
8243
DIMENSION
.810 x 12 1/8”
.810 x 11 3/4”
1 1/4” x 11 3/4”
OPTION
ROTOR P/N
*8243L
2394
*8241L
2394GM
6608GM
* Drilled Rotor
DIMENSION
1 1/4” 11 3/4”
.810 x 11 3/4”
ROTOR P/N
6608GML
2394GML
63
MAGNESIUM WIDE 5 HUB KITS
REAR KIT-8 BOLT
KIT P/N K3752 (# 1-17)
Kit includes cast magnesium hub, 8 bolt 7075-T6 alumium drive flange, upgraded bearing and seal kit with trick style aluminum lock nut.
Kit Includes
15
3
2
1
16
19
17
5
Rotor Option
See Below
6
7
8
4
9
18
P/N 1279A
Option 8283X8
10
14
11
12 13
Aluminum Crown Spline Drive
Flange (page 70)
6 lbs.
P/N 2266T
Option 8284X8
P/N 3230-55X8
Option 8297X8
Titanium Drive Flange Studs
Option 8208-H
Aluminum Drive Flange (page 70)
#
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
DESCRIPTION
Hub
Inner Cone
Seal
Wheel Stud, Gundrilled
Outer Cone
Washer
Nut, Aluminum
Lockwasher
10-24 x 3/8” SHCS
Drive Flange
7/16-14 x 1 1/4” HHCS
O’Ring
Flat Cap
1/4-20 x 1/2” 12pt
Retaining Ring
Inner Bearing Cup
Outer Bearing Cup
Lug Nut, Aluminum
Rotor Option
P/N
QTY
K6955HD
1
7324
1
7210
1
5688H
5
7325
1
1664
1
5101AT
1
1665
1
7938
2
5102-02F
1
7117
8
7417
1
3117
1
7158
3
8328
1
7322
1
7323
1
5789
5
See Below
FRONT KIT-PUSH IN CAP
KIT P/N K3752F (# 1-14)
Kit includes cast magnesium front hub, aluminum push in dust cap, upgraded bearing and seal kit with trick style aluminum locknut.
Kit Includes
12
3
2
1
13
16
14
5
Rotor Option
See Below 4
7
8
9
15
Option 8204
Titanium Wheel Studs
5 lbs.
8 oz.
6
10
11
Option 8204H
Titanium Wheel Studs, Gundrilled
#
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
DESCRIPTION
Front Hub
Inner Cone
Seal
Outer Cone
Washer
Nut, Aluminum
Lockwasher
10-24 x 3/8” SHCS
O’Ring
Cap
Retaining Ring
Inner Bearing Cup
Outer Bearing Cup
Lug Nut, Aluminum
Rotor Option
P/N
QTY
K6955FHD
1
7324
1
7210
1
5688H
5
7325
1
1664
1
5101AT
1
1665
1
7938
2
7417
1
1614
1
8328
1
7322
1
7323
1
5789
5
See Below
FRONT KIT-8 BOLT
KIT P/N K3752F-8 (# 1-15)
Kit includes cast magnesium front hub, 8 bolt alumium dust cap, upgraded bearing and seal kit with trick style aluminum lock nut.
Kit Includes
13
3
2
1
14
17
15
Rotor Option
See Below
5
6
7
8
9
16
10
11
6 lbs.
12
#
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
DESCRIPTION
Hub
Inner Cone
Seal
Outer Cone
Washer
Nut, Aluminum
Lockwasher
10-24 x 3/8” SHCS
Gasket
Cap
7/16-14 x 1 1/4” HHCS
Retaining Ring
Inner Bearing Cup
Outer Bearing Cup
Lug Nut, Aluminum
Rotor Option
P/N
QTY
K6955HD
1
7324
1
7210
1
5688H
5
7325
1
1664
1
5101AT
1
1665
1
7938
2
5144
1
5094
1
7117
8
8328
1
7322
1
7323
1
5789
5
See Below
64
OPTION
8240
8241
8243
DIMENSION
.810 x 12 1/8”
.810 x 11 3/4”
1 1/4” x 11 3/4”
OPTION
ROTOR P/N
*8243L
2394
*8241L
2394GM
6608GM
* Drilled Rotor
DIMENSION
1 1/4” 11 3/4”
.810 x 11 3/4”
ROTOR P/N
6608GML
2394GML
Rotor options
applicable with hub
assembly purchase
only.
MAGNESIUM WIDE 5 HUB KITS
REAR KIT-5 BOLT
KIT P/N K3751 (# 1-17)
Kit includes cast magnesium hub, 5 bolt 7075-T6 alumium drive flange, upgraded bearing and seal kit with trick style aluminum lock nut.
Kit Includes
#
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
DESCRIPTION
Hub
Inner Cone
Seal
Outer Cone
Washer
Nut, Aluminum
Lockwasher
10-24 x 3/8” SHCS
Drive Flange
7/16-14 x 1 1/4” HHCS
O’Ring
Flat Cap
1/4-20 x 1/2” 12pt
Retaining Ring
Inner Bearing Cup
Outer Bearing Cup
Lug Nut, Aluminum
Rotor Option
19
P/N
QTY
K3226
1
7324
1
7210
1
5688H
5
7325
1
1664
1
5101AT
1
1665
1
7938
2
5102-5
1
7117
5
7417
1
3117
1
7158
3
8328
1
7322
1
7323
1
5789
5
See Below
15
3
2
1
16
17
Rotor Option
See Below
5
6
7
4
8
9
18
P/N 1279AX5
Option 8283X5
10
14
11
12 13
Flange (page 70)
P/N 2266T
Option 8284X5
P/N 3230-55
Option 8297X5
5 lbs.
12 oz.
Option 8208-H
FRONT KIT-5 BOLT
KIT P/N K3751F (# 1-15)
Kit includes cast magnesium front hub, 5 bolt alumium dust cap, upgraded bearing and seal kit with trick style aluminum lock nut.
Kit Includes
#
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
DESCRIPTION
Hub
Inner Cone
Seal
Outer Cone
Washer
Nut, Aluminum
Lockwasher
10-24 x 3/8” SHCS
Cap
Gasket
7/16-14 x 1 1/4” HHCS
Retaining Ring
Inner Bearing Cup
Outer Bearing Cup
Lug Nut, Aluminum
Rotor Option
17
P/N
QTY
K3226
1
7324
1
7210
1
5688H
5
7325
1
1664
1
5101AT
1
1665
1
7938
2
5094-5
1
3177
1
7117
5
8328
1
7322
1
7323
1
5789
5
See Below
13
3
2
Rotor Option
See Below
Option 8204
1
14
15
5
6
4
7
8
9
16
11
Option 8204H
10
12
5 lbs.
12 oz.
Option 8208-H
FRONT AND REAR-8 BOLT
You decide which is best for your application.
P/N K6084
This heavy duty, full rim
magnesium hub is as tough
as it looks! Ideal for tabbed
wheels, steel wheels.
10 lbs 8 oz
P/N 6755
This five sided, aluminum
permanent mold hub works
well with tabbed wheels,
steel wheels. Complete with
races, studs & lug nuts.
8 lbs 12 oz
Rotor options
applicable with hub
assembly purchase
only.
OPTION
8240
8241
8243
DIMENSION
.810 x 12 1/8”
.810 x 11 3/4”
1 1/4” x 11 3/4”
OPTION
ROTOR P/N
*8243L
2394
*8241L
2394GM
6608GM
* Drilled Rotor
DIMENSION
1 1/4” 11 3/4”
.810 x 11 3/4”
ROTOR P/N
6608GML
2394GML
65
ALUMINUM WIDE 5 HUB KITS
REAR KIT-8 BOLT
KIT P/N 3754 (# 1-16)
Kit includes permanent mold aluminum hub, 8 bolt 7075-T6 alumium drive flange, upgraded bearing and seal kit with trick style aluminum
lock nut.
Kit Includes
18
3
2
1
15
16
Rotor Option
See Below 4
5
6
7
8
9
17
10
14
11
12 13
P/N 1279A
Option 8283X8
7 lbs.
12 oz.
Flange (page 70)
P/N 2266T
Option 8284X8
P/N 3230-55X8
Option 8297X8
#
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
DESCRIPTION
Hub
Inner Cone
Seal
Wheel Stud, Solid
Outer Cone
Washer
Nut, Aluminum
Lockwasher
10-24 x 3/8” SHCS
Drive Flange
7/16-14 x 1 1/4” HHCS
O’Ring
Flat Cap
1/4-20 x 1/2” 12pt
Inner Bearing Cup
Outer Bearing Cup
Lug Nut, Steel
Rotor Option
P/N
QTY
6690
1
7324
1
7210
1
5688
5
7325
1
1664
1
5101AT
1
1665
1
7938
2
5102-02F
1
7117
8
7417
1
3117
1
7158
3
7322
1
7323
1
5712
5
See Below
Option 8208-H
FRONT KIT-8 BOLT
KIT P/N 3754F (# 1-14)
Kit includes permanent mold aluminum hub, 8 bolt 7075-T6 alumium front dust cap, upgraded bearing and seal kit with trick style aluminum
lock nut.
Kit Includes
16
3
2
1
13
14
Rotor Option 4
See Below
5
6
7
8
9
15
11
10
Option 8204
12
7 lbs.
12 oz.
Option 8204H
#
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10*
11
12
13
14
15
16
DESCRIPTION
P/N
QTY
Hub
6690
1
Inner Cone
7324
1
Seal
7210
1
Wheel Stud, Solid
5688
5
Outer Cone
7325
1
Washer
1664
1
Nut, Aluminum
5101AT
1
Lockwasher
1665
1
10-24 x 3/8” SHCS
7938
2
Cap
5094-Color
1
Gasket
5144
1
7/16-14 x 1 1/4” HHCS
7117
8
Inner Bearing Cup
7322
1
Outer Bearing Cup
7323
1
Lug Nut, Steel
5712
5
Rotor Option
See Below
* Specify Color (see page 70)
Option 8208-H
66
OPTION
8240
8241
8243
DIMENSION
.810 x 12 1/8”
.810 x 11 3/4”
1 1/4” x 11 3/4”
OPTION
ROTOR P/N
*8243L
2394
*8241L
2394GM
6608GM
* Drilled Rotor
DIMENSION
1 1/4” 11 3/4”
.810 x 11 3/4”
ROTOR P/N
6608GML
2394GML
Rotor options
applicable with hub
assembly purchase
only.
ALUMINUM WIDE 5 HUB KITS
REAR KIT-5 BOLT
KIT P/N 3755 (# 1-16)
Kit includes polished permanent mold aluminum hub, 5 bolt 7075-T6 alumium drive flange, upgraded bearing and seal kit with trick style
aluminum lock nut.
Kit Includes
#
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
DESCRIPTION
Hub
Inner Cone
Seal
Wheel Stud, Solid
Outer Cone
Washer
Nut, Aluminum
Lockwasher
10-24 x 3/8” SHCS
Drive Flange
7/16-14 x 1 1/4” HHCS
O’Ring
Flat Cap
1/4-20 x 1/2” 12pt
Inner Bearing Cup
Outer Bearing Cup
Lug Nut, Steel
Rotor Option
P/N
QTY
6606-X5
1
7324
1
7210
1
5688
5
7325
1
1664
1
5101AT
1
1665
1
7938
2
5102-5
1
7117
5
7417
1
3117
1
7158
3
7322
1
7323
1
5712
5
See Below
3
2
Polished
Finish!
1
15
16
18
5
6
Rotor Option
See Below 4
7
8
9
17
10
P/N 1279AX5
Option 8283X5
14
11
12 13
Flange (page 70)
P/N 2266T
Option 8284X5
P/N 3230-55
Option 8297X5
7 lbs.
8 oz.
Option 8208-H
FRONT KIT-5 BOLT
KIT P/N 3756 (# 1-14)
Kit includes polished permanent mold aluminum hub, 5 bolt 7075-T6 alumium dust cap, upgraded bearing and seal kit with trick style
aluminum lock nut.
Kit Includes
#
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
DESCRIPTION
Hub
Inner Cone
Seal
Wheel Stud, Solid
Outer Cone
Washer
Nut, Aluminum
Lockwasher
10-24 x 3/8” SHCS
Cap
Gasket
7/16-14 x 1 1/4” HHCS
Inner Bearing Cup
Outer Bearing Cup
Lug Nut, Steel
Rotor Option
P/N
QTY
6606-X5
1
7324
1
7210
1
5688
5
7325
1
1664
1
5101AT
1
1665
1
7938
2
5094-5
1
3177
1
7117
5
7322
1
7323
1
5712
5
See Below
Polished
Finish!
3
2
1
13
14
16
5
6
Rotor Option
See Below 4
7
8
9
15
11
Option 8204
10
12
7 lbs.
8 oz.
Option 8204H
FRONT KIT
KIT P/N 3755F (# 1-13)
Kit includes polished permanent mold alum. hub, push in alum. dust cap, upgraded bearing and seal kit with trick style aluminum lock nut.
Kit Includes
#
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
DESCRIPTION
Front Hub
Inner Cone
Seal
Wheel Stud, Solid
Outer Cone
Washer
Nut, Aluminum
Lockwasher
10-24 x 3/8” SHCS
O’Ring
Cap
Inner Bearing Cup
Outer Bearing Cup
Lug Nut, Steel
Rotor Option
P/N
QTY
6606-FX5
1
7324
1
7210
1
5688
5
7325
1
1664
1
5101AT
1
1665
1
7938
2
7471
1
1614-01
1
7322
1
7323
1
5712
5
See Below
Polished
Finish!
3
2
12
1
13
15
Rotor Option
See Below
5
4
Option 8208-H
6
7
8
9
14
10
11
7 lbs.
6 oz.
Rotor options
applicable with hub
assembly purchase
only.
OPTION
8240
8241
8243
DIMENSION
.810 x 12 1/8”
.810 x 11 3/4”
1 1/4” x 11 3/4”
OPTION
ROTOR P/N
*8243L
2394
*8241L
2394GM
6608GM
* Drilled Rotor
DIMENSION
1 1/4” 11 3/4”
.810 x 11 3/4”
ROTOR P/N
6608GML
2394GML
67
007 WIDE 5 HUB KITS
REAR KIT-8 BOLT
KIT P/N K4045X8 Magnesium (# 1-23)
KIT P/N 4045X8 Aluminum (# 1-23)
Kit includes hub, 8 bolt 7075-T6 alumium drive flange, upgraded bearing and seal kit with trick style aluminum lock nut.
Kit Includes
24
15
I Beam Spoke
Construction
3
22
Black Thermal
Dispersant Coating
2
16
1
21
19 5
Rotor Option
See Below
6
7
4
8
9
20
Closed Core Hub Design Along
With Centrifugal Force Keeps Oil
Exactly Where It Needs To Be!
23
10
7075 Aluminum
Lug Nuts
11
17
14
18 12 13
P/N 1279A
Option 8283X8
Double Stepped
Gundrilled Studs
Aluminum Crown Spline Drive Flange
(page 70)
HUB WITH RACES, STUDS
AND LUG NUTS
P/N 2266T
Option 8284X8
P/N K007X8 Magnesium GD Studs
P/N K007SX8 Magnesium Solid Studs
P/N 007X8 Aluminum GD Studs
P/N 007SX8 Aluminum Solid Studs
Option 8204
Option 8204H
#
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
DESCRIPTION
Hub, Magnesium
Hub, Aluminum
Inner Cone
Seal
Outer Cone
Washer
Nut, Aluminum
Lockwasher
10-24 x 3/8” SHCS
Drive Flange
Stud
O’Ring
Flat Cap
1/4-20 x 1/2” 12pt
Retaining Ring
Inner Bearing Cup
Washer
Nut
Outer Bearing Cup
Lug Nut, Aluminum
Plug
O’Ring
Gasket
Rotor Option
P/N
QTY
K007X8
1
007X8
1
7324
1
7210V
1
5688H
5
7325
1
1664
1
5101AT
1
1665
1
7938
2
5102-02
1
2266
8
7417
1
3117
1
7158
3
8328
1
7322
1
7811
8
7177N
8
7323
1
5789
5
7874
1
8430
1
5144
1
See Below
REAR KIT-5 BOLT
KIT P/N K4045 Magnesium (# 1-23)
KIT P/N 4045 Aluminum (# 1-23)
Kit includes hub, 5 bolt 7075-T6 alumium drive flange, upgraded bearing and seal kit with trick style aluminum lock nut.
Kit Includes
24
15
3
22
2
Rotor Option
See Below
Oil Filled Hub Design Increases
Bearing Life, Reduces Friction &
Drag, Spins Freer & Runs Cooler!
16
1
21
19 5
6
7
8
4
9
20
23
10
11
17
18 12 13
14
P/N 1279AX5
Option 8283X5
Aluminum Crown Spline Drive Flange
(page 70)
HUB WITH RACES, STUDS
AND LUG NUTS
P/N 2266T
Option 8284X5
P/N K007 Magnesium GD Studs
P/N K007S Magnesium Solid Studs
P/N 007 Aluminum GD Studs
P/N 007S Aluminum Solid Studs
Option 8204
Option 8204H
#
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
DESCRIPTION
Hub, Magnesium
Hub, Aluminum
Inner Cone
Seal
Outer Cone
Washer
Nut, Aluminum
Lockwasher
10-24 x 3/8” SHCS
Drive Flange
Stud
O’Ring
Flat Cap
1/4-20 x 1/2” 12pt
Retaining Ring
Inner Bearing Cup
Washer
Nut
Outer Bearing Cup
Lug Nut, Aluminum
Plug
O’Ring
Gasket
Rotor Option
P/N
QTY
K007
1
007
1
7324
1
7210V
1
5688H
5
7325
1
1664
1
5101AT
1
1665
1
7938
2
5102-5
1
2266
8
7417
1
3117
1
7158
3
8328
1
7322
1
7811
5
7177N
5
7323
1
5789
5
7874
1
8430
1
5144
1
See Below
68
OPTION
8240
8241
8243
DIMENSION
.810 x 12 1/8”
.810 x 11 3/4”
1 1/4” x 11 3/4”
OPTION
ROTOR P/N
*8243L
2394
*8241L
2394GM
6608GM
* Drilled Rotor
DIMENSION
1 1/4” 11 3/4”
.810 x 11 3/4”
ROTOR P/N
6608GML
2394GML
Rotor options
applicable with hub
assembly purchase
only.
007 WIDE 5 HUB KITS
FRONT KIT-SCREW ON CAP
KIT P/N K4045F Magnesium (# 1-17)
KIT P/N 4045F Aluminum (# 1-17)
Kit includes hub, screw on dust cap, upgraded bearing and seal kit with trick style aluminum lock nut.
Kit Includes
#
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
DESCRIPTION
Hub, Magnesium
Hub, Aluminum
Inner Cone
Seal
Outer Cone
Washer
Nut, Aluminum
Lockwasher
10-24 x 3/8” SHCS
Screw On Cap
O’Ring
Retaining Ring
Inner Bearing Cup
Outer Bearing Cup
Lug Nut
O’Ring
Plug
Rotor Option
18
P/N
QTY
K007F
1
007F
1
7324
1
7210V
1
5688H
5
7325
1
1664
1
5101AT
1
1665
1
7938
2
3929
1
7439
1
8328
1
7322
1
7323
1
5789
5
8430
1
7874
1
See Below
12
3
16
2
13
O’Ringed
Screw-On
Dust Cap
AZ91-T6
Magnesium or
206 Aluminum
1
17
14
Rotor Option
See Below
5
6
7
4
Oil Filled Hub Design Increases
Bearing Life, Reduces Friction &
Drag, Spins Freer & Runs Cooler!
8
9
15
11
10
Oil Fill &
Level Plug
DUST CAP
SOCKET
P/N 3153
FRONT KIT-5 BOLT
KIT P/N K4045FBO Magnesium (# 1-18)
KIT P/N 4045FBO Aluminum (# 1-18)
Kit includes front hub, five bolt aluminum dust cap, upgraded bearing and seal kit with trick style aluminum lock nut.
Kit Includes
#
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
DESCRIPTION
Hub, Magnesium
Hub, Aluminum
Inner Cone
Seal
Outer Cone
Washer
Nut, Aluminum
Lockwasher
10-24 x 3/8” SHCS
Bolt On Cap
Gasket
7/16-14 x 1 1/4” HHCS
Retaining Ring
Inner Bearing Cup
Outer Bearing Cup
Lug Nut
Plug
O’Ring
Rotor Option
19
P/N
QTY
K007
1
007
1
7324
1
7210V
1
5688H
5
7325
1
1664
1
5101AT
1
1665
1
7938
2
5094-5
1
3177
1
7117
5
8328
1
7322
1
7323
1
5789
5
7874
1
8430
1
See Below
13
3
18
2
14
1
17
15
Rotor Option
See Below
Closed Core Hub Design Along
With Centrifugal Force Keeps Oil
Exactly Where It Needs To Be!
5
6
7
4
8
9
16
11
10
12
Option 8254S-W5
Angular Contact Bearings w/ Steel Balls, Hub
Option 8218S-W5
REM® Polished Tapered Bearings
ALUMINUM DRIVE FLANGE AND CROWN SPLINE KITS
5 Bolt
Drive Flange
P/N 3230-55
5 Bolt
Crown Spline
P/N 1279AX5
(standard on 4045 hub kits)
8 Bolt
Drive Flange
P/N 3230-55X8
(standard on 4045X8 hub kits)
Option 8283X5
8 Bolt
Crown Spline
P/N 1279A
Option 8283X8
Rotor options
applicable with hub
assembly purchase
only.
DIMENSION ROTOR P/N
OPTION
ROTOR P/N
6608GML
1 1/4” 11 3/4”
*8243L
2394
2394GML
.810 x 11 3/4”
*8241L
2394GM
6608GM
* Drilled Rotor
OPTION
8240
8241
8243
DIMENSION
.810 x 12 1/8”
.810 x 11 3/4”
1 1/4” x 11 3/4”
69
WIDE 5 HUB ACCESSORIES
ALUMINUM DRIVE FLANGE
ASSEMBLY P/N 3215
ASSEMBLY P/N 3230
7075-T6 Aluminum 8 bolt drive
flange with removable cap. Not
for cambered spindles. The
lightest drive flange available.
Uses 31/24 spline axles.
P/N 3117 Flat Cap
*P/N 5102-02F Flange
P/N 7117 Flange HHCS (8 Needed)
7075-T6 Aluminum 5 bolt drive
flange with removable cap. Not
for cambered spindles. Uses
31/24 spline axles.
P/N 7158 12pt for Flat Cap
P/N 7417 O’Ring
P/N 3117 Flat Cap
P/N 5102-5 Flange
* Available in Black, Red & Gold
ASSEMBLY P/N 3230-55 (5 Bolt)
ASSEMBLY P/N 3230-55X8 (8 Bolt)
Specifically designed for the 007 Oil Filled Hub
(pages 68-69), this forged 7075-T6 aluminum
drive flange works on all wide 5 hubs.
Extended locator lip with o’ring helps keep
drive flange from loosening up and eliminates
the need for gaskets or seals.
Specifically designed for the 007 Oil Filled Hub
(pages 68-69), this forged 7075-T6 aluminum drive
flange works on all wide 5 hubs. Extended locator
lip with o’ring helps keep drive flange from
loosening up and eliminates the need for gaskets
or seals.
P/N 3117 Flat Cap
P/N 5102-55 Flange
P/N 7417 O’Ring
P/N 7117 Flange HHCS (5 Needed) P/N 7490 Flange Locator O’Ring
P/N 3117 Flat Cap
P/N 5102-02 Flange
ASSEMBLY P/N 1414
ASSEMBLY P/N 2383
This heat treated steel ball drive is
the ultimate in strength, durability
and smooth operation. It will work at
any angle up to 6°. Winters precision
made ball drive axles are required.
Steel drive flange with aluminum screw
on cap. Pre-drilled to be safety wired.
With this drive flange you will never
again strip your splines. Uses Winters
crown spline axles, solid or gundrilled.
P/N 7472 O’Ring
P/N 1408 Flat Cap
P/N 7545 11/16” Ball (6 Needed)
P/N 1404 Flange
P/N 7963 Flat Cap SHCS
P/N 7419 O’Ring
P/N 7745 Grease Fitting
ALUMINUM CROWN SPLINE
ALUMINUM CROWN SPLINE
ASSEMBLY P/N 1279AX5 (5 Bolt)
ASSEMBLY P/N 1279A (8 Bolt)
A true crown splined coupler with a billet
aluminum flange. Uses 31/24 spline axles,
solid or gundrilled.
P/N 1197 Screw-On Cap
P/N 1198 Crowned Coupler
P/N 1196AX5 Flange
P/N 7417 O’Ring
P/N 7490 Flange Locator O’Ring
BALL DRIVE
CROWN SPLINE
P/N 2231 Flange
P/N 7417 O’Ring
P/N 7471 O’Ring
P/N 7674 Retaining Ring
A true crown splined coupler with a billet
aluminum flange. Uses 31/24 spline axles,
solid or gundrilled.
P/N 1198 Crowned Coupler
P/N 1196A Flange
P/N 7471 O’Ring
P/N 7674 Retaining Ring
ASSEMBLY P/N 5153A
Winters premium 7075-T6
aluminum 8 bolt drive flange
with screw-on cap. Not for
cambered spindles. Uses 31/24
spline axles.
70
*P/N 5102A Flange
P/N 7424 O’Ring
* Available in Black, Red & Gold
WIDE 5 HUB ACCESSORIES
WHEEL LOCATOR
5 ON 5 WHEEL SPACERS
P/N 6635CX5 (5 Bolt)
P/N 6635C (8 Bolt)
6.25” O.D. 1/16” Thick
Chrome locator guides wheel
into place during pit stop.
6.25” O.D. 1/4” Thick
P/N 5735
P/N 5734
P/N 5613-02
7” O.D. 1/16” Thick
8 BOLT HUB CAP
5 BOLT HUB CAP
Stamped from
aluminum and impressed
with the famous WP logo.
Available in various
colors (see below).
P/N 5094-5 Cap
P/N 3177 Gasket
P/N 7787 HHCS
Available in black only
Gasket P/N 5144
P/N 5094P Purple
P/N 5094PO Polished
P/N 5094BK Black
P/N 5094G Gold
P/N 5094B Blue
P/N 5094R Red
TITANIUM BOLTS
ROUND HUB CAP
P/N 7117T
For wide 5 drive flange.
P/N 1614-01
Press in cap with o’ring
fits hub P/N K6955FHD.
Available in black only.
Please Note: Above P/N is for
one bolt only.
O’Ring P/N 7471
BEARING AND LOCK KIT
KIT P/N 6105 Steel Nut
KIT P/N 6105AT Aluminum Nut
2
1
#
1
1
2
3
DESCRIPTION
Nut, Steel
Nut Aluminum
Slot Washer
10-24 x 3/8” SHCS
3
P/N
5101T
5101AT
1665
7938
LOCK NUT KITS
P/N 1865A-2 Aluminum Nut w/ Button Head Screws
P/N 1865-2 Steel Nut w/ Button Head Screws
P/N 1865A Aluminum Nut w/ Socket Head Screws
P/N 1865 Steel Nut w/ Socket Head Screws
CRUSH SLEEVE
ASSEMBLY P/N 3857
This crush sleeve keeps your
hubs rolling free! Installs
between inner and outer hub
bearings. Reduces bearing
preload under load conditions.
Works with tapered and angular
contact bearings.
5
4
QTY
1
1
1
2
#
4
5
6
7
6
Note: Retaining Ring
P/N 8328 for Seal is
not included.
7
DESCRIPTION
Tab Washer
Outer Bearing
Inner Bearing
Seal
P/N
1664
7325
7324
7210
QTY
1
1
1
1
SPINDLE NUT/WASHER
P/N 5101 Spindle Nut (2 per spindle)
P/N 5095 Spindle Lock Washer
ANGULAR CONTACT
P/N 7324ACS
7/16” Inner Bearing w/ 16 Steel Balls
P/N 7325ACS
7/16” Outer Bearing w/ 16 Steel Balls
Option 8254S-W5
71
2 1/2” REAR WIDE 5 HUB
REAR-8 BOLT
14
Rotor Option
See Below
6
7
1
2
3
4
5
4
3
8
13
9
12
10
11
#
1
2
2*
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
DESCRIPTION
P/N
QTY
Retaining Ring
7644
1
Seal, Hub
7201
1
Seal, Hub
7279
1
Bearing Cone
7301
2
Bearing Cup
7302
2
Hub, Magnesium
K2737
1
Seal, Tube
7202
1
Retaining Ring
7662
1
Washer
2748
1
Locknut
2739
1
Lockwasher
2742
1
10-24 x 1/2” BHCS
7869
2
Lug Nut, Aluminum
5789
5
5688H
5
Rotor Option
See Below
* For Use with Splined Tubes
P/N K2749
Hub with races and gundrilled studs.
BEARING AND SEAL KIT
P/N 3159
Kit Includes
#
1
2
3
6
7
ASSEMBLY P/N 2751
7075-T6 aluminum drive flange with removable
cap. Not for cambered spindles. Uses 31/24
spline axles.
*P/N 2738 Flange
P/N 7424 O’Ring
DESCRIPTION
Retaining Ring
Seal, Hub
Bearing Cone
Seal, Tube
Retaining Ring
P/N
7644
7201
7301
7202
7662
QTY
1
1
2
1
1
Spindle Lock Kit
P/N 2752
Lock Kit Socket
P/N 2747
OPTION
8240
8241
8243
DIMENSION
.810 x 12 1/8”
.810 x 11 3/4”
1 1/4” x 11 3/4”
OPTION
ROTOR P/N
*8243L
2394
*8241L
2394GM
6608GM
* Drilled Rotor
DIMENSION
1 1/4” 11 3/4”
.810 x 11 3/4”
ROTOR P/N
6608GML
2394GML
Rotor options
applicable with hub
assembly purchase
only.
2 7/8” ALUMINUM FRONT SPINDLES
ASSEMBLY P/N 3796 Right Front Assembly
ASSEMBLY P/N 3795 Left Front Assembly
Check out our 2 7/8” Front Wide 5 Hub Assembly P/N 3750F (see page 73).
4
3
5
Forged 7075-T6 Aluminum
2
1
Steel King Pin
P/N 6476
Steel King Pin Cap
72
(1/2 x 20 Thread Size)
P/N 1109
Assembly Includes
Grooved Washer
P/N 3624
#
1
2
3
4
5
DESCRIPTION
Screw
Washer
Spindle Base & Snout
Cup Plug
Steel Spacer
P/N
3603
3604
3608
3639
3262F
QTY
4
4
1
1
1
2 7/8” WIDE 5 HUB KITS
REAR KIT
KIT P/N 3750 (# 1-15)
Kit includes polished permanent mold aluminum hub, 5 bolt 7075-T6 aluminum inverted drive flange, upgraded bearing and seal kit with trick
style aluminum lock nut.
Kit Includes
16
#
DESCRIPTION
P/N
QTY
1
Rear Hub
3266
1
2
Bearing Cup
8658-2
2
Bearing Cone
8658-1
2
3
4
Wheel Stud, Solid
5688
5
5
Seal
7284V
1
5*
Seal
7289V
1
Retaining Washer
8349
1
6
7
Washer
3273
2
8
Spindle Nut
3271
1
9
10-24 x 3/8” BHCS
8740
2
Drive Flange
3267
1
10
11
Drive Flange Cap
3117
1
12
7/16-14 x 1 1/4” HHCS
7117
5
13
1/4-20 x 1/2” 12pt
7158
3
O’Ring
7417
1
14
15
Lug Nut, Steel
5712
5
16*†
Spacer
3262
1
17*†
O’Ring
7490
1
18
Rotor Option
See Below
* For Use with Splined Tubes † Sold Separately
Option 8254S-287
17
6 lbs.
9 oz.
18
6
5
3
2
2
3
7
Oil Fill &
Level Plug
P/N 7874
8
Rotor Option
See Below
7
4
9
15
Option 8284X8
10
14
12
11 13
Option 8208-H
Axle/Tube Seal
P/N 7268
Spindle
Lock Kit
P/N 4301
Angular Contact Bearings
w/ Steel Balls, Hub
1
IMPORTANT
This seal must be
used in conjunction
with our 2 7/8” Wide
5 Oil Filled Hubs.
Install seal in tube
to a depth of 3/4”13/16”.
Inverted
Drive Flange
P/N 3698
FRONT KIT
KIT P/N 3750F (# 1-13)
Kit includes polished permanent mold aluminum hub, 5 bolt dust cap, upgraded bearing and seal kit with trick style aluminum lock nut.
Kit Includes
#
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14†
15†
16
14
DESCRIPTION
P/N
QTY
Front Hub
3266F
1
Bearing Cup
8658-2
2
Bearing Cone
8658-1
2
Wheel Stud, Solid
5688
5
Seal
7289V
1
Retaining Ring
8349
1
Washer
3273
2
Spindle Nut
3271
1
10-24 x 3/8” BHCS
8740
2
Hub Cap
3289
1
Gasket
3278
1
5/16-18 x 3/4” SHCS
7145
5
Lug Nut, Steel
5712
5
Spacer
3262F
1
O’Ring
7490
1
Rotor Option
See Below
† Sold Separately
15
16
6 lbs.
6
5
3
2
1
2
3
Oil Fill &
Level Plug
P/N 7874
7
8
Rotor Option
See Below
7
4
9
13
11
12
10
Option 8204
Option 8204H
Spindle Nut
Wrench Plate
P/N 3269
Option 8254S-287
Hub Cap
P/N 3289
Rotor options
applicable with hub
assembly purchase
only.
OPTION
8240
8241
8243
DIMENSION
.810 x 12 1/8”
.810 x 11 3/4”
1 1/4” x 11 3/4”
OPTION
ROTOR P/N
*8243L
2394
*8241L
2394GM
6608GM
* Drilled Rotor
DIMENSION
1 1/4” 11 3/4”
.810 x 11 3/4”
ROTOR P/N
6608GML
2394GML
73
ELASTIC DYNAMIC DAMPENER
Fits 8 Bolt Wide 5 Hubs Only
ASSEMBLIES
P/N 1152* - Single w/ Round Spools
P/N 1153* - Matched Pair w/ Round Spools
P/N 1152T* - Single w/ Tear Drop Spools
P/N 1153T* - Matched Pair w/ Tear Drop Spools
* Specify Color (Ex.: 1152R = with red spools)
Note: 1153 Series (Matched Pair) includes SHP Grease P/N 1158
and Drive Flange Wrench P/N 7949.
P/N 1849 - Bolt Pack
WIDE 5
The Elastic Dynamic Dampener bolts in place of standard wide 5 drive flanges. The dampener cushions the
impact of acceleration and deceleration of the drive assembly. This imparts a softer feel and action to the
drivetrain. Many combinations can be created by varying the hardness of the replaceable spools. Soft spools
on the drive side and hard spools on the coast side or any combination that best suits your driving style or
track conditions.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Assembly Includes
8
#
1
2
3
4*
5
6
7
8
9
10
9
10
DESCRIPTION
Housing
7/16-14 x 1 1/4” FHCS
Drive Impeller
Urethane Spool
O’Ring
Cover
7/16-14 x 3” HHCS
Dust Cap
1/4-20 x 3/8” BHCS
* Specify Color
P/N
1133
7116
1132
1149
7463
1134
7921
7920
6581
7919
QTY
1
4
1
8
1
1
4
4
1
3
Indicates surfaces to generously apply grease.
Keep grease and parts clean!
Urethane Spools
#50 Drive
Flange Wrench
P/N 7949
Tear Drop
1460R
Red
Hard
90DUR
1460B
Black
Soft
80 DUR
Round
1149B
Black
Soft
80 DUR
1149R
Red
Medium
90 DUR
1149Y
Yellow
Hard
95 DUR
Note: Tear Drops are a heavy duty urethane spool.
SHP Grease
P/N 1158
Lubrication
Is Essential!
MSDS Information
Available On Web Site
74
ELASTIC DYNAMIC DAMPENER
Fits 8 Bolt Wide 5 Hubs Only
ASSEMBLIES
P/N 1152C - Single w/ Round Spools
P/N 1153C - Matched Pair w/ Round Spools
P/N 1152CT - Single w/ Tear Drop Spools
P/N 1153CT - Matched Pair w/ Tear Drop Spools
Note: 1153 Series (Matched Pair) includes SHP Grease P/N 1158
and Drive Flange Wrench P/N 7949.
P/N 1849C - Bolt Pack
CAMBERED WIDE 5
Identical in function to P/N 1152, but engineered to accept up to 1/2° spindle camber. Can be used without
camber. Fits 8 Bolt Wide 5 Hubs Only.
Note: Only parts intended for use with camber should be used with cambered spndles.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Assembly Includes
#
1
2
3
4*
5
6
7
8
DESCRIPTION
Housing
7/16-14 x 1 1/4” FHCS
Drive Impeller
Urethane Spool
O’Ring
Cover
7/16-14 x 3” HHCS
* Specify Color
P/N
1239
7116
1238
1149
7463
1240
7921
7920
QTY
1
4
1
8
1
1
4
4
Indicates surfaces to generously apply grease.
Keep grease and parts clean!
Urethane Spools
#50 Drive
Flange Wrench
P/N 7949
Tear Drop
1460R
Red
Hard
90DUR
1460B
Black
Soft
80 DUR
Round
1149B
Black
Soft
80 DUR
1149R
Red
Medium
90 DUR
1149Y
Yellow
Hard
95 DUR
Note: Tear Drops are a heavy duty urethane spool.
SHP Grease
P/N 1158
Lubrication
Is Essential!
MSDS Information
Available On Web Site
75
2 1/2” GN DRIVE FLANGES
DOUBLE SPLINE
ASSEMBLY P/N 5008A-Aluminum Drive Flange
ASSEMBLY P/N 5008-Steel Drive Flange
Not For Cambered Spindles!
Uses standard 31/24 spline axles, either solid or gundrilled. Available in 6”,
6 1/2”, 6 3/4” and 7” O.D. Check with wheel manufacturer for diameter
recommendation.
P/N 7104 HHCS for Aluminum Flange/ Bullet Cap
P/N 6864 Flat Cap
P/N 7962 SHCS for Steel Flange/ Flat Cap
P/N 6869 Bullet Cap
P/N 7970 SHCS for Steel Flange/ Bullet Cap
P/N 7446 O’Ring
P/N 7145 HHCS for Aluminum Flange/ Flat Cap
BALL DRIVE
ASSEMBLY P/N 1140
The Ultimate For Cambered & Straight Spindles!
Unsurpassed for smooth rotation and durability regardless of the amount of
camber. This is a constant velocity ‘U’ joint in each wheel. Power is transmitted through 6, 11/16” free rolling balls. Very little frictional heat is generated,
making axle life unmatched. Uses Winters special ball
drive axle (see page 85).
P/N 1408 Flat Cap
P/N 1409 Bullet Cap
P/N 7472 O’Ring
P/N 7745 Grease Fitting (Inside Cap)
P/N 7963 SHCS for Flat Cap
P/N 7964 SHCS for Bullet Cap
CROWN SPLINE
ASSEMBLY P/N 2352
For Cambered & Straight Spindles!
A true crown that works, has many of the ball drive virtues.
Requires using Winters crown splined axles (see page 85).
P/N 2353 Bullet Cap
P/N 7472 O’Ring
76
SUPER SPEEDWAY DRIVE FLANGES
DOUBLE SPLINE
ASSEMBLY P/N 1580
Not For Cambered Spindles!
Heat treated steel, 5 on 5, 24 spline. Uses standard 31/24 spline axles, either
solid or gundrilled. Available in 6”, 6 1/2”, 6 3/4” and 7” O.D. Check with wheel
manufacturer for diameter recommendation.
P/N 1833 Bullet Cap
P/N 7477 O’Ring
P/N 7987 12pt Screw for Bullet Cap
BALL DRIVE
ASSEMBLY P/N 1583
The Ultimate For Cambered & Straight Spindles!
Unsurpassed for smooth rotation and durability regardless of the amount of
camber. This is a constant velocity ‘U’ joint in each wheel. Power is
transmitted through 6, 11/16” free rolling balls. Very little frictional heat is
generated, making axle life unmatched. Uses Winters special ball
drive axle (see page 85).
P/N 1409 Bullet Cap
P/N 7472 O’Ring
CROWN SPLINE
ASSEMBLY P/N 2355
For Cambered & Straight Spindles!
A true crown that works, has many of the ball drive virtues.
Requires using Winters crown splined axles (see page 85).
P/N 2353 Bullet Cap
P/N 7472 O’Ring
77
2 1/2” GN HUBS-5 ON 5
STEEL REAR
ASSEMBLY P/N 5048-5 Lug On 5” Bolt Circle
11
13
12
5
8
7
9
10
Shown with Optional Cap
P/N 6869
7
8
4
2
3
6
1
Assembly Includes
Option 8254S-25
#
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
DESCRIPTION
5/16-18 x 7/8” 12pt
Hub Cap
O’Ring, Hub Cap
Aluminum Drive Flange
5/16-18 x 3/4” FHCS
Bearing Lockwasher
Bearing Cone, Spindle
P/N
7795
6864
7446
5008A
7120
7118
7301
#
8
9
10
11
12
13
QTY
3
1
1
1
2
1
2
QTY
2
1
1
5
1
1
P/N
7302
7423
5007
6522
7201
7644
DESCRIPTION
Bearing Cup, Hub
O’Ring, Hub
Steel Hub
5/8-11 Wheel Stud
Seal, Hub
Retaining Ring, Hub
BILLET ALUMINUM REAR
ASSEMBLY P/N 6292-5 Lug On 5” Bolt Circle
11
7
5
10
13
12
8
8
9
7
6
4
3
2
1
14
Assembly Includes
Option 8254S-25
78
#
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
DESCRIPTION
5/16-18 x 7/8” 12pt
Hub Cap
O’Ring, Hub Cap
Aluminum Drive Flange
5/16-18 x 3/4” FHCS
Bearing Lockwasher
Bearing Cone, Spindle
P/N
7795
6869
7446
5008A
7120
7118
7301
QTY
3
1
1
1
3
1
2
#
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
DESCRIPTION
Bearing Cup, Hub
Aluminum Hub
5/8-11 Wheel Stud
Seal, Hub
Retaining Ring, Hub
Rotor Mounting Flange
3/8-16 x 1” 12pt
P/N
7302
5007A
6522
7201
7644
6698
7735
QTY
2
1
5
1
1
1
5
Note: When using angular contact bearings in hub assembly, pack bearings with wheel bearing grease as normal.
Snug bearing locknut removing all bearing play. Do not over torque nut assembly. Hub should spin freely with no end play
(zero preload). Secure locknut.
FORGED STEEL HUB KIT
SUPER SPEEDWAY
ASSEMBLY P/N 1815*-5 Lug On 5” Bolt Circle
All stressed components are made from quality steel forgings.
100% inspection of complete assembly insures satisfaction.
* Specify Coarse or Fine Studs. Add suffix ‘C’ for Coarse or ‘F’ for Fine Threads.
1*
2
3
4
5
17
6
7
8
18
9
14
10
15
11
16
12
13*
20
19
Assembly Includes
#
DESCRIPTION
1* Straight Weld In Spindle, Right
1* Straight Weld In Spindle, Left
2
Seal
3
Retaining Ring
4
Retaining Ring
5
Seal
6
Inner Bearing Cone
7
Inner Bearing Cup
8
Hub
9
O’Ring
10
Outer Bearing Cup
11
Outer Bearing Cone
P/N
1289-01
1289-02
7254
7680
7681
7255
7550
7549
1561
7423
7551
7552
QTY
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
#
12
13*
13*
14
15
16
17
17
18
19
20
DESCRIPTION
Bearing Lockwasher
Spindle Nut, Right Hand
Spindle Nut, Left Hand
Drive Flange
O’Ring
Hub Cap
5/8-11 Wheel Stud
5/8-18 Wheel Stud
Set Screw
5/16-24 x 1 1/4” SHCS
1/4-28 x 3/4” SHCS
* Not Included In Assembly. Shown For Reference Only.
P/N
7983
7980-01
7980-02
2669
7477
1833
1755
1684
7985
7987
7986
QTY
1
1
1
1
1
1
5
5
5
3
5
79
ELIMINATOR HUB
ASSEMBLY P/N 3120
Made from 7075-T6 aluminum, Winters Pro Eliminator Hub
Assembly utilizes 42 splined hubs, 42 splined wheels and 6
pin style hub with press plate. Track tested, this versatile
assembly allows easy wheel adjustment. The open tube style
hub assembly uses conventional 31/24 spline solid or
gundrilled axles.
42 SPLINE HUB
P/N 3125
Tube & Spindle Assembly
Option 8223
Tube, Eliminator Hub
Option 1/2 8223
Tube, Eliminator Hub, One Side Only
Assembly Includes
#
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
DESCRIPTION
3/8-24 x 1/2” BHCS
Aluminum Tube
Spindle
Retaining Ring
5/16-18 x 1 1/4”
Seal
Washer
Retaining Plate/Rotor Mount
Dowel Pin
Angular Contact Ball Bearing
Lockwasher
P/N
7838
6597
3105
7644
7162
7201
7904
3102
8088
3115
3114
QTY
3
1
1
1
12
1
12
1
2
1
1
#
DESCRIPTION
12
Locknut
13
Bearing Spacer
14
Needle Bearing
15
10-24 x 1/2” BHCS
16
1/8” NPT Grease Fitting
17 Splined Axle Hub/Drive Flange
18
O’Ring
19
Cap
20
Retaining Ring
21
3/4-16 Plug
P/N
3113
3139
3109
7869
3110
3103
7417
3106
7646
3126
QTY
1
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
80
2” GN HUB KITS
STANDARD REAR KIT
ASSEMBLY P/N 3432-Standard 5 x 5 Hub
6
4
5
1
3
3
7
4
11 12 8
13
2
Bullet Nose
Hub Cap
Option 80121
P/N 4394 Bullet Cap
P/N 7842 1/4-20 x 7/8” SHCS
6
#
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Assembly
Includes
7
1
3
3# 4
DESCRIPTION
P/N
QTY
13
4
5
DESCRIPTION
Hub, Aluminum
Wheel Stud
Bearing Cup
Bearing Cone
Seal
Retaining Ring
Drive Flange
3082
5688
7310
7309
7275
8328
2834-01
2
6
9
10
4
5
1
3
Hub Cap
1/4-20 x 1/2” SHCS
3/8-16 x 1” FHCS
O’Ring
O’Ring
Spindle Lock Nut Kit
8
9
10
11
12
13
1
5
2
2
1
1
1
3
4
11 12P/N8
3089-04
7892
8041
7484
107477
1865
QTY
1
4
2
9 11
1
9
STANDARD FRONT KIT
8
7
2
6
4
5
1
3
3
4
9
8
7
2
Option 8254S-2
#
1
2
3
4
5
6
4
5
6
7
Assembly
Includes
1
11
3 4
8
#
QTY
13DESCRIPTION 12
3
DESCRIPTION
Hub, Aluminum
Wheel Stud
Bearing Cup
Bearing Cone
Seal
2
4
5
P/N
3082
5688
7310
7309
7275
1
3
6
7
8
9
1
5
2
2
1
Retaining Ring
Hub Cap
10-32 x 1/2” FHCS
10
3
4
DRIVE FLANGE AND CAP-3 BOLT
7
11
13
2
1
2
3
6
5
12 8
9
10
4
4
#
1
32
3
4
1
DESCRIPTION
Drive Flange
3 4
O’Ring
Hub Cap
1/4-28 x 5/8” SHCS
9
P/N
2834
7484
3089
7964
QTY
1
4
3
1
P/N
8328
3084
8044
1865
9
QTY
1
1
1
3
8
2
7
Note: When using angular contact bearings in hub assembly,
6 pack
4 3 with1 wheel bearing
5 bearings
3 4 grease as normal.
Snug bearing locknut removing all bearing play. Do not over torque nut assembly. Hub should spin freely 9with no end play
(zero preload). Secure locknut.
81
8
7
8
2” GN HUB
KITS
2
6
4
5
1
3
7
3
4
9
LIGHTWEIGHT REAR KIT
8
7
2
6
4
5
1
3
3
7
4
11
13
12 8
2
Bullet Nose
Hub Cap
Option 80121
P/N 4394 Bullet Cap
P/N 7842 1/4-20 x 7/8” SHCS
6
#
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Assembly Includes
7
1
3
DESCRIPTION
P/N
QTY 3# 4
13
4
5
DESCRIPTION
Hub, Aluminum
Wheel Stud
Bearing Cup
Bearing Cone
Seal
Retaining Ring
Drive Flange
2
6
9
10
5
3082L
5688
7310
7309
7275
8328
2834-04
1
5
2
2
1
1
1
4
1
3
11
3
4
12P/N8
3089-04
7892
8041
7484
107477
1865
Hub Cap
1/4-20 x 1/2” SHCS
3/8-16 x 1” FHCS
O’Ring
O’Ring
8
9
10
11
12
13
9
LIGHTWEIGHT FRONT KIT
8
7
2
6
4
5
1
3
3
QTY
1
4
2
9 11
1
4
9
8
7
2
Assembly Includes
Option 8254S-2
#
1
2
3
4
5
DESCRIPTION
Hub, Aluminum
Wheel Stud
Bearing Cup
Bearing Cone
Seal
P/N
3082L
5688
7310
7309
7275
QTY
1
5
2
2
1
#
6
7
8
9
DESCRIPTION
Retaining Ring
Hub Cap
10-32 x 1/2” FHCS
P/N
8328
3084
8044
1865
QTY
1
4
3
1
2” GN CRUSH SLEEVE
ASSEMBLY P/N 3852
Keeps your hubs rolling free! Installs between inner and outer hub bearings. Reduces bearing preload under
load conditions. Works with tapered and angular contact bearings.
1
2
3
Assembly Includes
#
1
2
3
DESCRIPTION
Sleeve
Nut
10-32 x 1/4” SHSS
P/N
3852-01
3852-02
8759
QTY
1
1
1
82
BABY GRAND REAR HUB KITS
ALUMINUM ASSEMBLIES
KIT P/N 2775-425 4 Lug On 4 1/4” Bolt Circle (#’S 1-15)
KIT P/N 2775-450 4 Lug On 4 1/2” Bolt Circle (#’S 1-15)
ALUMINUM HUB WITH RACES AND STUDS
KIT P/N 2770-425 4 Lug On 4 1/4” Bolt Circle
KIT P/N 2770-450 4 Lug On 4 1/2” Bolt Circle
Option 8254S-BG
16
20
11
10
18
17
19
9
6
7
8
12
7
6
5
13
4
3
14
2
1
15
Assembly Includes
#
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
DESCRIPTION
Drive Flange
4 Hole Pattern for 1/2” Studs
10-24 x 3/8” SHCS
Slotted Washer
Spindle Nut
Keyed Washer
Outer Bearing Cone
Outer Bearing Cup
Wheel Hub, Aluminum
4 On 4 1/4”, 1/2” Studs
4 On 4 1/2”, 1/2” Studs
Hub Seal
P/N
6548-500
6548-625
2489
7938
1665
5101T
1664
7325
7323
2258-425
2258-450
7203
QTY
1
2
1
1
1
2
2
1
#
10
11
12
13
14
15
16*
17*
18*
19*
20*
DESCRIPTION
Retaining Ring
Wheel Stud
1/2” Press-In
5/8” Threaded
5/16-18 x 3/4” FHCS
O’Ring
10-24 x 1 3/8” SHCS
Hub Cap
5/16-18 x 3/4” 12pt Cap Screw
10 1/4” x 3/4” Rotor
3/8-16 x 1 1/4” 12pt Cap Screw
3/8” Thin Washer
Rotor Adapter
P/N
7689
QTY
1
8062
5098
7120
7458
8084
6579
7145
6773
7735
8085
1253-01
4
5
2
1
3
1
5
1
4
4
1
1
* Not Included In Assembly. Shown For Reference Only.
Note: When using angular contact bearings in hub assembly, pack bearings with wheel bearing grease as normal.
Snug bearing locknut removing all bearing play. Do not over torque nut assembly. Hub should spin freely with no end
play (zero preload). Secure locknut.
83
WHEEL STUDS AND LUG NUTS
FLANGED STUDS
1
2
4
3
8
7
6
10
#
1
2
2
3
3
3
3
4
P/N
6522
6605
6605H
5688
5688H
5688T
5688TH
1755
A
3.312
2.625
2.625
2.625
2.625
2.625
2.625
3.188
5
9
11
B
2.844
2.157
2.157
1.938
1.938
1.938
1.938
2.469
C
THREAD
#
P/N
.875
5/8-11
5
1701
.938
5/8-11
6
5652
.938
5/8-11
7
1863
.750
5/8-11
8
1684
.750
5/8-11
1685
9
.750
5/8-11
10
7958
.750
5/8-11
8062
11
.531
5/8-11
H = Gun Drilled (Steel) T = Titanium
A
2.500
4.125
3.375
3.188
2.500
1.750
2.688
B
2.344
3.563
2.500
2.469
2.344
1.500
2.312
C
.438
1.625
.500
.531
.438
.500
.750
THREAD
5/8-11
5/8-18
5/8-18
5/8-18
5/8-18
1/2-20
1/2-20
THREADED STUDS
1
2
#
1
2
3
P/N
5098C
5098B
5098A
D
3.750
3.000
3.312
4
3
E
----------------
F
----------------
THREAD
5/8-18
5/8-18
5/8-18
#
4
4
4
P/N
1698A
2884C
2884F
D
3.312
2.450
2.450
E
1.750
1.763
1.763
F
1.250
.687
.687
THREAD
5/8-18, 5/8-11
5/8-18, 5/8-11
5/8-18, 5/8-18
STUD KITS
For use with 5 on 5” & 5 on 4 3/4” Hub Assemblies. See page 62
PRESS-IN STUDS
SCREW-IN STUDS
Need Longer Studs?
Kit includes 5 replacement
studs 1” longer with quick
start lugnut pilot.
Size: 5/8-11 x 4”
5/8-11 x 2 7/8”
LUG NUTS
2
1
84
#
1
1
1
1
2
P/N
5789
5789-0
5945
5945-0
5712
MATERIAL THREAD
Aluminum
5/8-11
Aluminum
5/8-11
Aluminum
5/8-11
Aluminum
5/8-11
Steel
5/8-11
4
3
SIZE
1”
1 1/16”
1”
1 1/16”
1”
When required to use steel lug nuts,
use these to save 10 oz of rotating weight!
For use with 7/8” socket.
QTY
1
1
5
5
1
#
2
3
3
4
4
P/N
2254
3591
3591-5
3669
3669-5
MATERIAL THREAD
Steel
5/8-11
Steel
5/8-11
Steel
5/8-11
Steel
5/8-11
Steel
5/8-11
SIZE
1”
1”
1”
7/8”
7/8”
QTY
5
1
5
1
5
FULL FLOATING DOUBLE SPLINED AXLES
Winters Titanium Axles
Lighter than gundrilled steel axles, Titanium Axles
have four times the elasticity of steel. Their ability
to wind up gives you a performance edge.
Excellent for dirt and asphalt.
Winters Premium Steel Axles
Made from the finest material and CNC machined
using an automatic double roller steady rest
assuring that all axles run true and concentric.
Finished with state of the art heat treat and
available solid or gundrilled.
Winters Ball Drive Axles
The ultimate for cambered applications. The
constant velocity u-joint in the wheel equals
minimal friction, heat and wear. Available solid
or gundrilled.
Axles are to be positioned by means of
spreader bolts as shown below. Use grade 8
(minimum)
spec. bolt
with jam
nut. Install
into opposing ends of axles and adjust for 1/83/16” total clearance with both axle retaining
plates installed. Torque jam nuts to 30 Ft. Lbs.
LOCK UP PLUG KITS
31 Spline
P/N 6789L
1 7/8”
31 Spline
P/N 6789
1 3/8”
Gundrilled
Axle Plug
P/N 6382
11/16”
Steel Ball
P/N 7545
AXLE TYPE
Double Spline
Double Spline
Double Spline
Vintage Wide 5
Vintage Grand National
Grand National
Ball Drive
Ball Drive
Crowned Spline
Crowned Spline
SPLINE
31/24
31/24
31/24
12/24
12/24
31/24
31
31
31/20
31/20
STYLE
Gundrilled
Solid
Solid, Titanium
Solid
Solid
Solid
Solid
Gundrilled
Solid
Gundrilled
P/N
5067G
5067
5067T
5064
5065
5067
1139
1139G
2208
2208G
Add Length From Chart Below To P/N. Ex. P/N 5067G-36
Don’t see your length?
Call, Winters can make them!
Lengths Available
Wide 5 & GN
*14”
*15”
*16”
*17”
*18”
*19”
23”
24”
25”
*25 1⁄4”
*25 1⁄2”
26”
*26 1⁄4”
26 1⁄2”
*26 3⁄4”
27”
27 1⁄4”
27 1⁄2”
27 3⁄4”
28”
28 1⁄4”
28 1⁄2”
*28 3⁄4”
29”
*29 1⁄4”
29 1⁄2”
29 3⁄4”
30”
30 1⁄4”
30 1⁄2”
*30 3⁄4”
31”
*31 1⁄4”
31 1⁄2”
*31 3⁄4”
32”
*32 1⁄4”
32 1⁄2”
*32 3⁄4”
33”
33 1⁄4”
33 1⁄2”
*33 3⁄4”
34”
*34 1⁄4”
34 1⁄2”
34 3⁄4”
35”
35 1⁄4”
35 1⁄2”
*35 3⁄4”
36”
36 1⁄4”
36 1⁄2”
*36 3⁄4”
37”
*37 1⁄4”
37 1⁄2”
*37 3⁄4”
38”
38 1⁄2”
39”
*39 1⁄2”
40”
40 1⁄2”
41”
41 1⁄2”
42”
42 1⁄2”
43”
†44”
†45”
*Available Gundrilled Only
†Not Available In Gundrilled
Lengths Available
Crown Splined
Super Speedway
26 1⁄4”
26 1⁄2
26 7⁄8”
27”
27 1⁄4”
27 3⁄4”
31 1⁄4”
31 1⁄2”
31 3⁄4”
32”
32 1⁄8”
32 1⁄4”
32 1⁄2”
Lengths Available
Ball Drive
28 1⁄8”
29”
29 1⁄2
29 3⁄4”
31”
31 1⁄2”
32”
33”
34 1⁄8”
35 1⁄8”
36”
37”
38”
85
VENTED ROTORS
SCALLOPED ROTOR
P/N 2394-01
When using aluminum rotors you must use linings listed on page 87.
P/N
MATERIAL
THICKNESS
5439
5439GM
5811
5811GM
6607A
6607AGM
6608A
6608AGM
6608GM
6608GML
6773
6773A
2394
2394-01
2394GM
2394GML
Iron
Iron
Iron
Iron
Aluminum
Aluminum
Aluminum
Aluminum
Iron
Iron (Drilled Rotor)
Steel
Aluminum
Iron
Iron
Iron
Iron
1 1/4””
1 1/4”
.810”
.810”
.810”
.810”
1 1/4”
1 1/4”
1 1/4”
1 1/4”
3/4”
3/4”
.810”
.810”
.810”
.810”
(A)
O.D.
12 1/8”
11 3/4”
12 1/8”
11 3/4”
12 1/8”
11 3/4”
12 1/8”
11 3/4”
11 3/4”
11 3/4”
10 1/4”
10 1/4”
12 3/16”
12 3/16”
11 3/4”
11 3/4”
(B)
BOLT CIRCLE
5 on 6 3/4”
5 on 6 3/4”
5 on 6 3/4”
5 on 6 3/4”
8 on 7”
8 on 7”
8 on 7”
8 on 7”
8 on 7”
8 on 7”
6 on 5 1/2”
6 on 5 1/2”
8 on 7”
8 on 7”
8 on 7”
8 on 7”
(C)
I.D.
6 3/16”
6 3/16”
6 3/16”
6 3/16”
6 3/8”
6 3/8”
6 3/8”
6 3/8”
6 3/8”
6 3/8”
4 7/8”
4 7/8”
6 3/8”
6 3/8”
6 3/8”
6 3/8”
MOUNTING
BOLT DIAMETER
3/8”
3/8
3/8
3/8
5/16”
5/16”
5/16”
5/16”
5/16”
5/16”
5/16”
5/16”
5/16”
5/16”
5/16”
5/16”
VANE
OPTION
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
HD
LW
HD
HD
------------------------------------------------------------------------8243
8243L
------------------8240
8240
8241
8241L
ROTOR BOLT AND WASHER KITS
Rotor Bolt &
Washer Kit
P/N 2821
Rotor Bolt &
Washer Kit
(Heavy Duty Rotor)
P/N 2821HD
T-NUT KIT AND MOUNTING PLATE
T-Nut Kit
P/N 5820
Includes 8 of each:
P/N 3663 Bolt
P/N 3662 T-Nut
Plus 1 T-Nut Wrench
P/N 3681
86
Mounting Plate
P/N 3708
Fits hubs with 8 hole, 7”
bolt pattern rotor mounts.
Rotor stands must be
shortened .250” to place
rotor in original position.
LININGS AND CALIPER BRACKETS
ALUMINUM ROTOR BRAKE LINING
1
For Use With Winters Aluminum Rotors
#
1
2
3
SIZE
4.750” x .800”
4” x .640”
GM Single Piston
2
3
P/N
1488
1488-4S
1488GM
CALIPER BRACKETS
2
1
3
6
5
4
#
DESCRIPTION
1
2
3
4
5
6
Bracket Bolts To Top Of 10° Ford® Front Spindle
Bracket Bolts To Front Of 10° Ford® Front Spindle
Bracket Bolts On 3/4 Ton Rear, To 4 Bolt Spindle
Bracket Bolts On 3/4 Ton Rear, To 4 Bolt Spindle
Bracket Welds To 3” Side Tube
Braket Welds To 3” Side Tube
CALIPER MOUNTING
WIDTH
5 1/4”
5 1/4”
3 1/2”
6”
5 1/4”
6”
P/N
6490
6488
5724
5440
6462
5727
ROTOR HATS
P/N 5202-02
P/N
5202-02
5271
K5271
5308
K5308
MATERIAL
Steel
Aluminum
Magnesium
Aluminum
Magnesium
OFFSET
2 3/4”
2 1/2”
2 1/2”
2 1/8”
2 1/8”
P/N 5271
ROTOR BOLT CIRCLE
8 on 7 1/8”
8 on 7 5/8”
8 on 7 5/8”
8 on 7 5/8”
8 on 7 5/8”
WHEEL BOLT CIRCLE
5 on 5
5 on 5
5 on 5
5 on 5
5 on 5
87
SINGLE PEDALS
•Aluminum or Steel Pedal Arm
•Cast Aluminum Pedal Bracket
•Billet Aluminum Clevis
•7:1 (Long) or 4.7:1 (Short) Ratio
•Accepts All Common Master Cylinders
•See Page 90 For Complete Assemblies
SWING MOUNT ASSEMBLIES
FLOOR MOUNT ASSEMBLIES
Steel
Aluminum
Steel
Aluminum
P/N 5643-01
P/N 5643A-01
P/N 5643-02
P/N 5643A-02
6
8
1
7
3
7 8
3
5
7
6
9
5
9
7
4.7:1 Ratio
8
1
4
7:1 Ratio
8
4
Assembly Includes
#
1
1
3
4
5
88
DESCRIPTION
Short Arm (Floor Mount)
Long Arm (Swing Mount)
Clevis
Clevis Sleeve
Pivot Sleeve
P/N
5804-01
5817-02
5806
5765
5809
QTY
1
1
1
1
1
#
6
7
8
9
DESCRIPTION
Pedal Bracket
Retaining Ring
Retaining Ring
Rubber Pad
P/N
5799
7622
7623
6117
QTY
1
2
2
1
When Ordering Aluminum Pedals Add Suffix ‘A’ To P/N Before Dash. Ex. P/N 5643A-01
DUAL PEDALS
•Aluminum or Steel Pedal Arm
•Cast Aluminum Pedal Bracket
•Billet Aluminum Clevis
•7:1 (Long) or 4.7:1 (Short) Ratio
•Accepts All Common Master Cylinders
•See Page 90 For Complete Assemblies
SWING MOUNT ASSEMBLIES
FLOOR MOUNT ASSEMBLIES
Steel
Aluminum
Steel
Aluminum
P/N 5644-01
P/N 5644A-01
P/N 5644-02
P/N 5644A-02
5
12
10 11
1
9
5
BALANCE BAR
4
8
9
8
4
11
10
10
9
10
9
12
11
7
4.7:1 Ratio
7
1
8
3
6
8
3
11
6
7:1 Ratio
Assembly P/N 5800
7
7
Includes two of each of the following: #7, #8, #10, #11, and one each
of #3 & #6.
Assembly Includes
#
1
1
3
4
5
6
DESCRIPTION
Short Arm (Floor Mount)
Long Arm (Swing Mount)
Balance Bar
Pivot Sleeve
Pedal Bracket
Spherical Bearing
P/N
5804-02
5817-02
5808
5809
6712
7374
QTY
1
1
1
1
1
1
#
7
8
9
10
11
12
DESCRIPTION
Retaining Ring
Locking Nut
Retaining Ring
Clevis Pin
Clevis
Rubber Pad
P/N
7621
5807
7622
5805
5806
6117
When Ordering Aluminum Pedals Add Suffix ‘A’ To P/N Before Dash. Ex. P/N 5644A-01
QTY
2
2
2
2
2
1
89
PEDAL ASSEMBLIES
MASTER CYLINDERS
For Aluminum Assembly Add Suffix ‘A’ To P/N
Before Dash. Ex. P/N 5820A-01B
For Assembly With Magnesium Bracket Add Prefix
‘K’ To P/N. Ex. P/N K5820A-01B
Aluminum Pedal Shown
Clutch Cap
P/N 6619
#
7
7
8
9
10
10
10
11
11
PISTON
P/N MASTER
DIAMETER
CYLINDER
3/4”
5834
5/8”
5904
3/4”
5891
3/4”
1656
3/4”
6610-03
7/8”
6610-02
1”
6610-01
7/8”
6153
1”
6152
Pedals With Out Master Cylinder
Brake Cap
P/N 1396
P/N FLOOR
MOUNT CLUTCH
5820-01A
5820-01B
5828-01A
5828-01B
6978-01A
6978-01B
6978-01C
6979-01A
6979-01B
5643-01
P/N SWING
MOUNT CLUTCH
5820-02A
5820-02B
5828-02A
5828-02B
6978-02A
6978-02B
6978-02C
6979-02A
6979-02B
5643-02
P/N FLOOR
MOUNT BRAKE
5810-01A
5810-01B
5826-01A
5826-01B
6783-01A
6783-01B
6783-01C
6980-01A
6980-01B
5466-01
P/N SWING
MOUNT BRAKE
5810-02A
5810-02B
5826-02A
5826-02B
6783-02A
6783-02B
6783-02C
6980-02A
6980-02B
5466-02
# Refers To Master Cylinders On Page 91.
COMPONENTS
2
1
5
3
4
100ML
90
#
1
2
3
DESCRIPTION
Remote Reservoir with Flare Fitting for 1/4” Line
Universal Mounting Bracket Assembly
Girling® M/C Plastic Cap
6
P/N
5835
1194
6619P
#
4
5
6
DESCRIPTION
Replacement Cap, P/N 6610 M/C
45° Flare for 1/4” Line
1/8” Pipe to #4 AN Fitting
P/N
1396
7877
8059
MASTER CYLINDERS
Inverted Flare Nut for
1/4” Tube P/N 7915
Adapter Fitting for
1/4” Tube P/N 5900
1/4” Tube P/N 7915
Nylon Sealing
Washer P/N 7748
Adapter Fitting for
1/4” Tube P/N 5900
Nylon Sealing
Washer P/N 7748
1/4” Tube P/N 7915
3/16” Tube P/N 5348
Adapter Fitting for
1/4” Tube P/N 5903
Adapter Fitting for
3/16” Tube P/N 6938
3/16” Tube P/N 5348
Nylon Sealing
Washer P/N 7750
Adapter Fitting for
3/16” Tube P/N 6938
Use Remote Reservoir
7
9
8
Long Inverted Flare Nut
for 3/16” Tube P/N 7914
11
10
7075 Billet Aluminum
Use Remote Reservoir
1/4” Tube P/N 7915
Male Connector (1/8” Pipe)
for 1/4” Tube P/N 7768
Male Connector (1/8” Pipe)
for 3/16” Tube P/N 5349
3/16” Tube P/N 5348
12
#
7
7
8
9
10
10
10
11
11
12
DESCRIPTION
Master Cylinder with 3/4” Piston Diameter
Master Cylinder with 1” Piston Diameter
Master Cylinder with 1” Piston Diameter
Slave Cylinder for Hydraulic Clutch (Pull Type)
P/N
5834
5904
5891
1656
6610-03
6610-02
6610-01
6153
6152
6147
91
TORSION BARS AND STOPS
WINTERS SOLID
26”
.775
.800
.825
.850
.875
.900
.925
.950
.975
1.000
1.025
1.050
1.075
1.100
1.125
When Ordering, Add Suffix
Of Desired Diameter Bar To
P/N Ex. P/N 6362-825=
29” Bar, .825 Diameter
Premium Heat Treated Steel!
There Is A Difference!
DESCRIPTION
Solid 29” Bar Available In Various Sizes
Solid 26” Bar Available In Various Sizes
P/N
6362
6567
29”
.825
.850
.875
.900
.925
.950
.975
1.000
1.025
1.050
1.075
1.100
1.125
SANDER ENGINEERING
Tubular
When Ordering, Add Suffix
Of Desired Diameter Bar To
P/N Ex. P/N S155-900=
29” Tubular Bar, .900 Diameter
DESCRIPTION
Tubular 29” Bar Available In Various Sizes
Tubular 30” Bar Available In Various Sizes
Elim. ‘X’ Bar Available In Various Sizes
Elim. ‘X’ 30” Bar Available In Various Sizes
P/N
S155
S155-30
S166
S166-30
29”
.900
.925
.950
.975
1.000
1.025
1.050
1.065
30”
.900
.925
.950
.975
1.000
1.025
1.050
1.065
1.075
X Bars
29”
.900
.925
.950
.975
1.000
1.025
1.050
1.065
30”
.900
.925
.950
.975
1.000
1.025
1.050
1.065
1.075
FORGED TORSION STOPS
E
1
2
3
4
5
C
6
D
B
92
#
1
2
3
4
5
6
DESCRIPTION
1 3/4” 7075-T6 Forged Aluminum Stop
2” 7075-T6 Forged Aluminum Stop
1 3/4” Forged Steel Stop
1 3/4” Forged Titanium Stop
2” Forged Steel Stop
2” Forged Titanium Stop
A
1 3/4”
2”
1 3/4”
1 3/4”
2”
2”
B
8755
8755
8755
8825
8755
8825
C
8756
8756
8756
8825-01
8756
8825-01
D
8758
8758
8758
8826-01
8758
8826-01
E
7151
7151
7151
7151
7151
7151
P/N
SC2140
SC2150
SC2160
SC2160T
SC2170
SC2170T
TORSION BAR INFORMATION
TO USE THESE TABLES
Locate the scale that corresponds to the overall
length of the torsion bar in your set-up. Find the
effective bar diameter in the left column. Read
across to the spring rate in the column that
corresponds to the length of the arm.
Example: 29” overall bar length, 1.000 inch diameter,
10 inch arm = 490 pounds per inch of travel
Bar Diameter
29” Bars
.875
.900
.925
.950
.975
1.000
1.025
1.050
1.075
1.100
1.125
10”
288
322
359
400
444
490
542
597
656
719
786
Bar Diameter
26” Bars
.875
.900
.925
.950
.975
1.000
1.025
1.050
1.075
1.100
1.125
Bar Diameter
11”
238
266
297
330
367
406
448
493
542
594
650
12”
200
224
250
278
308
341
378
414
455
499
546
13”
170
190
213
237
262
290
321
353
388
425
465
14”
147
164
183
204
226
250
276
304
334
367
401
15”
128
143
160
178
197
218
241
265
291
319
349
16”
112
126
140
156
173
192
212
233
256
281
307
17”
100
111
124
138
153
170
187
206
227
249
272
18”
89
99
111
123
137
152
167
184
202
222
243
17”
115
128
143
159
177
195
216
237
261
286
313
18”
102
114
128
142
158
174
192
212
233
255
279
17”
95
107
119
133
147
163
180
198
217
238
261
18”
85
95
106
118
131
145
160
176
194
213
233
Care should be taken when relocating bars around the chassis
that the new location will not result in the bar rotating in the
opposite direction from its original location. For example, once a
torsion bar has been stressed or settled by twisting in a clock-wise
direction (e.g. right front installation on a longitudinal or fore & aft
layout), to relocate the bar to the left front would cause it to be
twisted in the opposite or counter-clockwise direction. This
unwinding would not only cause the bar to have less spring
action, but fractures in the turned or effective length would soon
occur and the bar would ultimately break.
Arm Length in Inches
Spring Rate - Pounds Per Inch
10”
331
370
413
460
510
565
623
686
754
827
904
30” Bars
.875
.900
.925
.950
.975
1.000
1.025
1.050
1.075
1.100
1.125
This figure will help you order Torsion Bars. On the left side of
the illustration you will see the standard spline and bearing length.
All bar lengths are expressed in overall length.
11”
274
306
342
380
422
467
515
567
623
683
747
12”
230
257
287
319
354
392
433
477
523
574
628
13”
196
219
245
272
302
334
369
406
446
489
535
14”
169
189
211
235
260
288
318
350
385
422
461
15”
147
165
184
204
227
251
277
305
335
367
402
16”
129
145
161
180
199
221
243
268
295
323
353
To determine the effective length of torsion bar arms,
measure as follows:
Conventional or Mono Ball Arms
Measure the center distance between the bearing and the
splined hole.
Floating or Blank Arms
Measure the distance between the center of the splined hole and
the point where the floating end of the arm contacts the axle roller.
10”
276
309
344
383
425
470
519
572
628
689
754
11”
228
255
284
316
351
388
428
472
518
568
622
12”
191
214
239
266
295
327
361
397
436
478
523
13”
163
183
204
227
252
278
307
338
372
408
446
14”
141
157
176
195
217
240
265
292
321
351
384
15”
123
137
153
170
189
209
231
254
279
306
335
16”
108
121
135
150
166
184
203
223
245
269
294
When you first install the
new bars on the car, it is
advisable to place an index
mark identifying the original
location of the bar end. This
will help prevent relocating
the bar to a location that
would cause it to “unwind”.
93
STEERING QUICK RELEASE
3/4”-48 Serration
5/8” Shaft
3/4” Shaft
Assembly P/N 6528
Assembly P/N 6527
9
8
Assembly P/N 6899
Lee/Profile® Style
The “Cadillac” of
Splined Quick Releases
7
6
5
4
1
3
2A
10
2B
2C
94
#
1
2A
2B
2C
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
DESCRIPTION
Release Collar, Aluminum
Quick Release Shaft, 3/4”
Quick Release Shaft, Lee/Profile®
Quick Release Shaft, 5/8”
Retaining Ring
Pin
Pull Off Ring
Spring
Hub
Washer
Retaining Ring
Belleville Washer
P/N
6504
6502-02
6965
6502-01
7614
6505
6507
6499
6503
6506
7632
7909
QTY
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
TOOLS AND LUBRICANTS
Winters Wrench
Socket
Torx® Wrench
P/N 2104
P/N 2747
P/N 7949
Socket for
Spindle Nut on
2 1/2” Wide 5
Hubs
1 7/8” Side Bell Inspection Plug
and 1 3/8” Fill Plug
#50 Drive Flange
Wrench for Elastic
Dynamic Damener
Seal Driver
Thing-A-Ma-Jig
Double Sided Socket
P/N 5378
P/N 2391
P/N 3153
This 10
Spline Block
Bolts to a
Work Bench
or Clamps in
a Vise to Hold
a Pinion
Used to Install
Side Bell Seal
P/N 7205
Checking Bearings
P/N 5138 2.00 Bearing Journal
P/N 5294 2.031 Bearing Journal
1 7/8”
1 3/8”
1/2” Square Drive. For Side Bell
Inspection Plugs & 007 Screw-On
Dust Cap
2 1/2” GN Spindle Nut Socket
Moose® Siping Tool
P/N 5319
P/N 4223-14
Depth Indicator
•14 Fully Adjustable Utility Blades
•Base Is Same Width As The Tread
Block On A Tire
•Handles Make It Easy To Pull When
Cutting Tires
Gear Oil
P/N 1730
SHP Grease
P/N 1158
2 7/8” Spindle Nut Wrench
P/N 3269
MSDS Information Available On Web Site
For
use with
2 7/8”
Lock Nut
Kit
Quick Change Gear Box
Available Colors
#293 Supreme Gear Lube
SAE 80W/90 with Moly
MSDS Information Available On Web Site
P/N 12024B (Blue)
P/N 12024BLK (Black)
P/N 12024R (Red)
P/N 12024W (White)
95
GOODIES
VINTAGE RACE CAR T-SHIRT
P/N WINTERS-T
STREET ROD T-SHIRT
P/N WINTERS-TSR
STREET ROD HAT
P/N WINTERS-H
Specify Size & Color When Ordering
Specify Size & Color When Ordering
Available in Black, White or Dark Heather
Sizes L-3XL
Available in Black or Natural
Sizes L-3XL
6 SPLINE GEAR POSTER
P/N POSTER-6
10 SPLINE GEAR POSTER
P/N POSTER-10
7” GEAR POSTER
P/N POSTER-7
XTREMELINER GEAR POSTER
P/N POSTER-X
CIRCLE TRACK DECAL
P/N WINTERS-DW
STREET ROD DECAL
P/N WINTERS-DSR
96
7” AND XTREMELINER QUICK CHANGE GEARS
7” QUICK CHANGE GEARS
P/N 3800 SERIES
SAE 8620 Steel, Crown Cut, 7” Quick Change Gears. When ordering add prefix ‘38’ to
set number. Example: 3801
A full sized poster version of this chart is available. Order P/N Poster-7
Remember to refill gear cavity with good quality gear lube after gear changes.
LOW
HIGH
GEARING FORMULAS
To Determine Gear RPM Change:
(RPM) ÷ (Gear Ratio) x (New Ratio) = (New RPM)
Example 8000 ÷
5.58
x
5.35
= 7670
To Determine Final Drive:
(# Teeth Top Gear) ÷ (# Teeth Bottom Gear) x R&P Ratio = Final Drive
3.78 R&P Ratio 4.57 R&P Ratio 5.13 R&P Ratio
(9-34 Teeth)
(7-32 Teeth)
(8-41 Teeth)
(NUMERICAL RATIO LISTED)
GEAR SET #
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
14A
14B
14C
14D
15
15B
15A
15C
15D
LOW SPUR RATIO
1.00
.96
.92
.90
.88
.85
.83
.82
.80
.79
.77
.74
.73
.72
.71
.70
.69
.68
.67
.64
.63
.62
.59
HIGH SPUR RATIO
1.00
1.05
1.08
1.11
1.14
1.17
1.20
1.22
1.25
1.27
1.29
1.35
1.37
1.38
1.40
1.42
1.44
1.47
1.50
1.57
1.58
1.61
1.68
# OF TEETH
25/25
23/22
26/24
21/19
24/21
27/23
30/25
22/18
25/20
28/22
31/24
23/17
26/19
29/21
21/15
27/19
23/16
22/15
30/20
36/23
30/19
37/23
37/22
LOW
3.78
3.63
3.48
3.40
3.33
3.21
3.14
3.10
3.02
2.99
2.91
2.80
2.76
2.72
2.70
2.66
2.62
2.57
2.53
2.42
2.39
2.35
2.25
HIGH
3.78
3.97
4.08
4.20
4.31
4.42
4.54
4.61
4.73
4.80
4.88
5.10
5.18
5.22
5.29
5.37
5.44
5.54
5.67
5.92
5.97
6.08
6.36
LOW
4.57
4.39
4.20
4.11
4.02
3.88
3.79
3.75
3.66
3.61
3.52
3.38
3.34
3.29
3.26
3.22
3.18
3.12
3.06
2.92
2.89
2.84
2.72
HIGH
4.57
4.80
4.94
5.07
5.21
5.35
5.48
5.58
5.71
5.80
5.90
6.17
6.26
6.31
6.40
6.49
6.57
6.70
6.86
7.15
7.22
7.35
7.69
LOW
5.13
4.92
4.72
4.62
4.51
4.36
4.26
4.21
4.10
4.05
3.95
3.80
3.74
3.69
3.66
3.61
3.57
3.50
3.44
3.28
3.25
3.19
3.05
HIGH
5.13
5.39
5.54
5.69
5.85
6.00
6.16
6.26
6.41
6.52
6.62
6.93
7.03
7.08
7.18
7.29
7.37
7.52
7.70
8.03
8.10
8.25
8.63
XTREMELINER QUICK CHANGE GEARS
P/N 30800 SERIES
HIGH
LOW
SAE 8620 Steel, Crown Cut, Xtremeliner Quick Change Gears. When ordering add
prefix ‘308’ to set number. Example: 30801
A full sized poster version of this chart is available. Order P/N Poster-X
2.00 R&P Ratio 3.08 R&P Ratio
(17-34 Teeth) (12-37 Teeth)
GEAR SET #
01
15
25
17A
03
16
14
36
21
28
31
LOW SPUR RATIO
1.00
0.95
0.90
0.85
0.80
0.75
0.71
0.68
0.65
0.63
0.60
HIGH SPUR RATIO
1.00
1.05
1.10
1.16
1.24
1.33
1.39
1.47
1.52
1.57
1.66
# OF TEETH
21/21
19/20
20/22
24/28
25/31
18/24
23/32
17/25
19/29
19/30
21/35
LOW
2.00
1.90
1.82
1.71
1.61
1.50
1.44
1.36
1.31
1.27
1.20
HIGH
2.00
2.10
2.20
2.33
2.48
2.67
2.78
2.94
3.05
3.16
3.33
LOW
3.08
2.93
2.77
2.62
2.46
2.31
2.19
2.09
2.00
1.94
1.84
HIGH
3.08
3.23
3.39
3.57
3.82
4.11
4.28
4.53
4.68
4.83
5.11
97
6 SPLINE QUICK CHANGE GEARS
P/N 4400 SERIES (1” WIDE)
P/N 4500 SERIES (1 3/8” WIDE)
SAE 8620 Steel, Crown Cut, 6 Spline Quick Change Gears. When ordering 1”
Wide Gears add prefix ‘44’ to set number. When ordering 1 3/8” Wide Gears add
prefix ‘45’ to set number. Example: 4401 or 4501
(9-34 Teeth)
(9-37 Teeth)
(9-39 Teeth)
GEAR SET # LOW SPUR RATIO HIGH SPUR RATIO # OF TEETH
01
02
03
03B
03A
04
05
05A
06
24
25
07
23
08
22
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
18A
19
20
27
21
28
29
26
30
31
32
1.000
.958
.920
.895
.880
.846
.808
.792
.778
.767
.750
.741
.727
.714
.704
.696
.682
.667
.655
.652
.636
.625
.615
.600
.591
.571
.560
.556
.542
.531
.528
.522
.517
.500
.488
.475
1.000
1.043
1.087
1.118
1.136
1.182
1.238
1.263
1.286
1.304
1.333
1.350
1.375
1.400
1.421
1.438
1.467
1.500
1.526
1.533
1.571
1.600
1.625
1.667
1.692
1.750
1.786
1.800
1.846
1.882
1.895
1.917
1.933
2.000
2.050
2.105
24/24
23/24
23/25
17/19
22/25
22/26
21/26
19/24
21/27
23/30
18/24
20/27
16/22
20/28
19/27
16/23
15/22
18/27
19/29
15/23
14/22
15/24
16/26
18/30
13/22
16/28
14/25
15/27
13/24
17/32
19/36
12/23
15/29
20/40
20/41
19/40
LOW
HIGH
LOW
HIGH
LOW
HIGH
3.78
3.62
3.48
3.38
3.33
3.20
3.05
2.99
2.94
2.90
2.84
2.80
2.75
2.70
2.66
2.63
2.58
2.52
2.48
2.47
2.41
2.36
2.33
2.27
2.23
2.16
2.12
2.10
2.05
2.01
2.00
1.97
1.96
1.89
1.84
1.80
3.78
3.94
4.11
4.22
4.30
4.47
4.68
4.77
4.86
4.93
5.04
5.10
5.20
5.29
5.37
5.43
5.54
5.67
5.77
5.80
5.94
6.05
6.14
6.30
6.40
6.62
6.75
6.80
6.98
7.12
7.16
7.25
7.31
7.56
7.75
7.95
4.11
3.94
3.78
3.68
3.62
3.48
3.32
3.25
3.20
3.15
3.08
3.04
2.99
2.94
2.89
2.86
2.80
2.74
2.69
2.68
2.62
2.57
2.53
2.47
2.43
2.35
2.30
2.28
2.23
2.18
2.17
2.14
2.13
2.06
2.00
1.95
4.11
4.29
4.47
4.59
4.67
4.86
5.09
5.19
5.28
5.36
5.48
5.55
5.65
5.75
5.84
5.91
6.03
6.17
6.27
6.30
6.46
6.58
6.68
6.85
6.96
7.19
7.34
7.40
7.59
7.74
7.79
7.88
7.95
8.22
8.43
8.65
4.33
4.15
3.98
3.87
3.81
3.66
3.50
3.43
3.37
3.32
3.25
3.21
3.15
3.09
3.05
3.01
2.95
2.89
2.84
2.82
2.76
2.71
2.66
2.60
2.56
2.47
2.42
2.41
2.35
2.30
2.29
2.26
2.24
2.17
2.11
2.06
4.33
4.52
4.71
4.84
4.92
5.12
5.36
5.47
5.57
5.65
5.77
5.85
5.95
6.06
6.15
6.22
6.35
6.50
6.61
6.64
6.80
6.93
7.04
7.22
7.33
7.58
7.73
7.79
7.99
8.15
8.20
8.30
8.37
8.66
8.88
9.12
98
GEARING FORMULAS
TOP
6.58
x
6.33
= 7696
Example 8000 ÷
HIGH
LOW
BOTTOM
(8-39 Teeth)
(8-41 Teeth)
(8-43 Teeth)
GEAR SET # LOW SPUR RATIO HIGH SPUR RATIO # OF TEETH
01
02
03
03B
03A
04
05
05A
06
24
25
07
23
08
22
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
18A
19
20
27
21
28
29
26
30
31
32
1.000
.958
.920
.895
.880
.846
.808
.792
.778
.767
.750
.741
.727
.714
.704
.696
.682
.667
.655
.652
.636
.625
.615
.600
.591
.571
.560
.556
.542
.531
.528
.522
.517
.500
.488
.475
1.000
1.043
1.087
1.118
1.136
1.182
1.238
1.263
1.286
1.304
1.333
1.350
1.375
1.400
1.421
1.438
1.467
1.500
1.526
1.533
1.571
1.600
1.625
1.667
1.692
1.750
1.786
1.800
1.846
1.882
1.895
1.917
1.933
2.000
2.050
2.105
24/24
23/24
23/25
17/19
22/25
22/26
21/26
19/24
21/27
23/30
18/24
20/27
16/22
20/28
19/27
16/23
15/22
18/27
19/29
15/23
14/22
15/24
16/26
18/30
13/22
16/28
14/25
15/27
13/24
17/32
19/36
12/23
15/29
20/40
20/41
19/40
LOW
HIGH
LOW
HIGH
LOW
HIGH
4.88
4.68
4.49
4.37
4.29
4.13
3.94
3.86
3.80
3.74
3.66
3.61
3.55
3.49
3.43
3.39
3.33
3.25
3.20
3.18
3.11
3.05
3.00
2.93
2.88
2.79
2.73
2.71
2.64
2.59
2.58
2.55
2.52
2.44
2.38
2.32
4.88
5.09
5.30
5.45
5.55
5.77
6.04
6.16
6.27
6.37
6.51
6.59
6.71
6.83
6.93
7.02
7.16
7.32
7.45
7.48
7.67
7.81
7.93
8.13
8.26
8.54
8.71
8.78
9.01
9.19
9.25
9.35
9.43
9.76
10.00
10.27
5.13
4.92
4.72
4.59
4.51
4.34
4.14
4.06
3.99
3.93
3.85
3.80
3.73
3.66
3.61
3.57
3.50
3.42
3.36
3.35
3.26
3.21
3.16
3.08
3.03
2.93
2.87
2.85
2.78
2.73
2.71
2.68
2.65
2.57
2.50
2.44
5.13
5.35
5.58
5.73
5.83
6.06
6.35
6.48
6.60
6.69
6.84
6.93
7.05
7.18
7.29
7.37
7.52
7.70
7.83
7.87
8.06
8.21
8.34
8.55
8.68
8.98
9.16
9.23
9.47
9.66
9.72
9.83
9.92
10.26
10.52
10.80
5.38
5.16
4.95
4.81
4.73
4.55
4.35
4.26
4.18
4.12
4.04
3.99
3.91
3.84
3.79
3.74
3.67
3.59
3.52
3.51
3.42
3.36
3.31
3.23
3.18
3.07
3.01
2.99
2.91
2.86
2.84
2.81
2.78
2.69
2.62
2.56
5.38
5.61
5.85
6.01
6.11
6.36
6.66
6.80
6.92
7.02
7.17
7.26
7.40
7.53
7.65
7.73
7.89
8.07
8.21
8.25
8.45
8.61
8.74
8.97
9.10
9.42
9.61
9.68
9.93
10.13
10.19
10.31
10.40
10.76
11.03
11.33
99
P/N 8500 SERIES
SAE 8620 Steel, Crown Cut, 10 Spline Quick Change Gears. When ordering add
prefix ‘85’ to set number. Example: 8501
(7-32 Teeth)
(7-34 Teeth)
(8-33 Teeth)
GEAR SET # LOW SPUR RATIO
01
02
05
15A
15
26
06
25
12
07
07A
17
17A
08A
08
19
09A
09
11
03
13
18
18A
04A
20A
04
20
22
16
10
10A
34A
34
14
1.000
.964
.960
.955
.950
.931
.920
.909
.897
.885
.875
.867
.857
.852
.846
.840
.833
.826
.815
.806
.800
.793
.786
.783
.778
.774
.769
.760
.750
.739
.733
.727
.724
.719
HIGH SPUR RATIO # OF TEETH
1.000
1.037
1.042
1.048
1.053
1.074
1.087
1.100
1.115
1.130
1.143
1.154
1.167
1.174
1.182
1.190
1.200
1.211
1.227
1.240
1.250
1.261
1.273
1.278
1.286
1.292
1.300
1.316
1.333
1.353
1.364
1.375
1.381
1.391
21/21
27/28
24/25
21/22
19/20
27/29
23/25
20/22
26/29
23/26
21/24
26/30
24/28
23/27
22/26
21/25
25/30
19/23
22/27
25/31
20/25
23/29
22/28
18/23
21/27
24/31
20/26
19/25
18/24
17/23
22/30
16/22
21/29
23/32
LOW
HIGH
LOW
HIGH
LOW
HIGH
4.12
3.97
3.96
3.93
3.91
3.84
3.79
3.75
3.69
3.65
3.61
3.57
3.53
3.51
3.49
3.46
3.43
3.40
3.36
3.32
3.30
3.27
3.24
3.22
3.20
3.19
3.17
3.13
3.09
3.05
3.02
3.00
2.97
2.96
4.12
4.27
4.29
4.32
4.34
4.43
4.48
4.53
4.60
4.66
4.71
4.75
4.81
4.84
4.87
4.91
4.94
4.99
5.06
5.11
5.15
5.20
5.24
5.26
5.30
5.32
5.36
5.42
5.49
5.57
5.62
5.67
5.69
5.73
4.57
4.41
4.39
4.36
4.34
4.26
4.20
4.16
4.10
4.04
4.00
3.96
3.92
3.89
3.87
3.84
3.81
3.78
3.72
3.69
3.66
3.62
3.59
3.58
3.55
3.54
3.52
3.47
3.43
3.38
3.35
3.32
3.31
3.29
4.57
4.74
4.76
4.79
4.81
4.91
4.97
5.03
5.10
5.17
5.22
5.27
5.33
5.37
5.40
5.44
5.48
5.53
5.61
5.67
5.71
5.76
5.82
5.84
5.88
5.90
5.94
6.01
6.09
6.18
6.23
6.28
6.31
6.36
4.86
4.69
4.67
4.64
4.62
4.53
4.47
4.42
4.36
4.30
4.25
4.21
4.17
4.14
4.11
4.08
4.05
4.02
3.96
3.92
3.89
3.85
3.82
3.80
3.78
3.76
3.74
3.69
3.65
3.59
3.56
3.54
3.52
3.49
4.86
5.04
5.06
5.09
5.11
5.22
5.28
5.34
5.42
5.49
5.55
5.60
5.67
5.70
5.74
5.78
5.83
5.88
5.96
6.02
6.07
6.12
6.18
6.21
6.25
6.27
6.31
6.39
6.48
6.57
6.62
6.68
6.71
6.76
100
GEARING FORMULAS
TOP
6.58
x
6.35
= 7720
Example 8000 ÷
HIGH
LOW
BOTTOM
(7-32 Teeth)
(7-34 Teeth)
(8-33 Teeth)
GEAR SET #
14A
35
32
32A
24
36
37
23
21
21A
27
43
28
28A
29
39
30
40
41
31
33A
33
31A
30A
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
LOW SPUR RATIO HIGH SPUR RATIO # OF TEETH
.714
.708
.704
.697
.690
.680
.677
.667
.655
.652
.647
.640
.633
.630
.625
.621
.615
.613
.607
.600
.593
.588
.583
.577
.571
.567
.563
.559
.556
.552
.548
.533
.531
1.400
1.412
1.421
1.435
1.450
1.471
1.476
1.500
1.526
1.533
1.545
1.563
1.579
1.588
1.600
1.611
1.625
1.632
1.647
1.667
1.688
1.700
1.714
1.733
1.750
1.765
1.778
1.789
1.800
1.813
1.824
1.875
1.882
20/28
17/24
19/27
23/33
20/29
17/25
21/31
22/33
19/29
15/23
22/34
16/25
19/30
17/27
15/24
18/29
16/26
19/31
17/28
21/35
16/27
20/34
21/36
15/26
20/35
17/30
18/32
19/34
15/27
16/29
17/31
16/30
17/32
LOW
HIGH
LOW
HIGH
LOW
HIGH
2.94
2.92
2.90
2.87
2.84
2.80
2.79
2.75
2.70
2.69
2.67
2.64
2.61
2.59
2.58
2.56
2.54
2.53
2.50
2.47
2.44
2.42
2.40
2.38
2.35
2.34
2.32
2.30
2.29
2.27
2.26
2.20
2.19
5.77
5.82
5.86
5.91
5.97
6.06
6.08
6.18
6.29
6.32
6.37
6.44
6.51
6.54
6.59
6.64
6.70
6.72
6.81
6.87
6.95
7.00
7.06
7.14
7.21
7.27
7.32
7.37
7.42
7.47
7.51
7.73
7.76
3.26
3.24
3.22
3.19
3.15
3.11
3.10
3.05
2.99
2.98
2.96
2.93
2.89
2.88
2.86
2.84
2.81
2.80
2.76
2.74
2.71
2.69
2.67
2.64
2.61
2.59
2.57
2.55
2.54
2.52
2.51
2.44
2.43
6.40
6.45
6.49
6.56
6.63
6.72
6.75
6.86
6.98
7.01
7.06
7.14
7.22
7.26
7.31
7.36
7.43
7.46
7.53
7.62
7.71
7.77
7.83
7.92
8.00
8.07
8.12
8.18
8.23
8.28
8.33
8.57
8.60
3.47
3.44
3.42
3.39
3.35
3.31
3.29
3.24
3.18
3.17
3.15
3.11
3.08
3.06
3.04
3.02
2.99
2.98
2.95
2.92
2.88
2.86
2.84
2.80
2.78
2.75
2.73
2.72
2.70
2.68
2.67
2.59
2.58
6.80
6.86
6.90
6.97
7.04
7.14
7.17
7.29
7.41
7.45
7.51
7.59
7.67
7.71
7.77
7.83
7.89
7.93
8.00
8.10
8.20
8.26
8.33
8.42
8.50
8.57
8.64
8.69
8.74
8.80
8.86
9.11
9.14
NOTE: Gear Set Numbers 50-58 Are For Limited Horsepower Applications Only
101
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
7” Quick Change
Non-Quick Change (10”)
★
★
V8/ Mini Quick Change (8 3/8”)
Front Quick Change (10”)
★
★
Xtremeliner (10”)
Enduro (10”)
DESCRIPTION
4.12 Ratio
4.12 Ratio, Reverse Rotation
2.00 Ratio
3.08 Ratio
3.78 Ratio
3.78 Ratio
4.28 Ratio
4.42 Ratio
4.57 Ratio
4.57 Ratio
4.62 Ratio
4.71 Ratio
4.86 Ratio, HD Flanged “Spread” Bearing
4.87 Ratio
5.00 Ratio
5.13 Ratio
5.14 Ratio
5.28 Ratio
5.33 Ratio
5.42 Ratio
5.50 Ratio
5.66 Ratio
5.83 Ratio
6.00 Ratio
6.17 Ratio
6.33 Ratio
4.33 Ratio
6.50 Ratio
4.88 Ratio
5.13 Ratio
6.67 Ratio
5.38 Ratio
4.11 Ratio
Heavy Duty (10”)
OPTION
8111
8111R
81200
81308
81378-7
81378
81378R
81428
81442
81457
81457-7
81462
81471
81486
81486R
81487
81500
81513
81514
81528
81533
81542
81550
81566
81583
81600
81617
81633
8164
81650
8165
8166
81667
8167
8169
Sprint Center (10”)
RING AND PINION RATIOS
Winters offers a wide
array of optional Ring &
Pinion Ratios to help
you customize your
rear end. Ratios marked
with a star ‘★’ are
available for your
rear end.
4.86 Ratio Ring &
Pinion Standard in
10” Full Size Rears
3.78 Ratio Ring &
Pinion Standard in
8 3/8” Mini Rears
Reduce Rotating &
Unsprung Weight!
EDM Ring Gear
Option 8202-XXX
★
★
★
★
★
REM® PROCESS
Option 8218-RP
Winters offers an in-house REM® Process, REM® Chemicals, Inc. are innovators of the Isotropic Superfinish (ISF) Process.
The ISF Process is a physicochemical process, using high density, non-abrasive ceramic media and conventional vibratory
finishing equipment. The ISF Process removes the surface asperities inherent in machining processes. By safely removing
these microscopic peaks, the ISF Process leaves a highly uniform surface, which reduces friction and allows for increased
lubrication capability. While the dimensional integrity remains intact, the result is an improved component that will operated
at lower temperatures, have increased durability, quieter operation and increased time between maintenance.
CRYOGENIC PROCESSING
Cryogenic Processing is the process through which the material being treated is slowly lowered to -320°F, held for an
extended period (20-40 hours), then slowly brought back to room temperature. This process is done in a computer controlled,
vacuum insulated Cryoprocessor. The benefits of cryogenics are- Increased abrasive wear resistance (dimensional stability
and durability), Homogenization of hardness over the entire structure, Trasformation of retained austenite into martensite,
Decreased residual stresses, Increased resistance to fatigue failure and chipping and Optimal microstructure alignment to
increase strength.
102
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
7” Quick Change
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
Xtremeliner (10”)
Enduro (10”)
DESCRIPTION
Gear Cover with Ball Bearings
Pinion Posi-Lock Assembly, Steel Nut
Oil Pump, Standard Shaft
Oil Pump, Front Quick Change
4.12 Ring & Pinion
4.11 Ring & Pinion
4.11 Ring & Pinion, Short
12 Spline Steel Spool
Magnesium Side Bell
Magnesium Side Bell with Plug
31 Spline Winters Track, Preloaded
31 Spline Winters Track
Titanium Thrubolts
Titanium Thrubolts, Non-Quick Change
Ultralight Aluminum Spool
Turned Down Side Tubes, One Side Only
Aluminum 8 Bolt Tubes (Spindles Not Included)
Aluminum 8-Bolt Tubes, One Side Only (Spindles Not Included)
Sprint Center
Sprint Center
Sprint Center, Short
Lightweight 4 Rib Bells
Lightweight 4 Rib Bells with Inspection Plug
Aluminum Tubes with Steel Spindles, One Side Only
8 Bolt Spindles, Wide 5
Heat Treated 8 Bolt Spindles, Wide 5
1 Piece Aluminum Tubes
1 Piece Aluminum Tubes, One Side Only
1 Piece Aluminum Tubes, Ex Long (35” + Longer)
1 Piece Aluminum Tubes, Ex Long (35” + Longer), One Side Only
Front Open Tube Special Bearing
Roller Bearing on Pinion Nose
Swaged Steel Tubes, Wide 5 & 2” GN
Swaged Steel Tubes, Wide 5 & 2” GN, One Side Only
Closed Drive
Heavy Duty 8 Rib Bells
Heavy Duty 8 Rib Bells with Inspection Plug
Lightweight 8 Rib Bells with Inspection Plug
Big Bearing Gear Cover, Sprint Center
Billet Aluminum Differential, Locker
Billet Aluminum Differential, Locker, Housing Only
Lightweight Billet Aluminum Differential, Locker
Lightweight Billet Aluminum Differential, Locker, Housing Only
Billet Aluminum Differential, Locker, Mini, 28 Spline
Billet Aluminum Differential, Locker, Mini, 31 Spline
Urethane Differential
0.5° Camber, Left (Down)
0.5° Camber, Left (Up)
1° Camber, Left (Down)
1° Camber, Left (Up)
Heavy Duty (10”)
OPTION
8100B
8104
8104S
8106
8110
8110-FQC
8111
8111-8
8111-8S
8114-12
8114-31
8114-35
8115
8115-28
8117
8117P
8121P
8121W
8126
8126-NQC
8130
8131
1/2 8131
8132
1/2 8132
8133
8133-8
8133-8S
8136
8136P
8137
8138
1/2 8138
8139
8139HT
8140
1/2 8140
8140EL
1/2 8140EL
8141
8143
8151
1/2 8151
8154
8155
8155P
8155PM
8168
8171
8171HSG
8171L
8171LHSG
8171M-28
8171M-31
8180
8181L05D
8181L05U
8181L10D
8181L10U
Winters offers a wide array of options to help
you customize your rear end. Options marked
with a star ‘★’ are available for your rear end.
REAR END ASSEMBLY OPTIONS
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
103
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
7” Quick Change
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
Xtremeliner (10”)
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
DESCRIPTION
2° Camber, Left (Down)
2° Camber, Left (Up)
0.5° Camber, Right (Down)
0.5° Camber, Right (Up)
1° Camber, Right (Down)
1° Camber, Right (Up)
2° Camber, Right (Down)
2° Camber, Right (Up)
Aluminum Drive Yoke with Stainless Steel Sleeve
Aluminum Triple Track Differential
Aluminum Triple Track Differential, Mini
Gundrilled Lower Shaft
Standard Lightweight Aluminum Gear Cover, Tumbled
Lightweight 6 Rib Bell with Inspection Plug
Thin Flanged 8 Bolt Tubes (Spindles Not Included)
Thin Flanged 8 Bolt Tubes, One Side Only (Spindles Not Included)
Thin Flanged 8 Bolt Aluminum Tubes (Spindles Not Included)
Thin Flanged 8 Bolt Alum Tubes, One Side Only (Spindles Not Included)
Flanged Bearing, Pinion
Wedgelock, 28 Spline
Wedgelock, 31 Spline
28 Spline Aluminum Spool, 4.11 Ring & Pinion
31 Spline Aluminum Spool, 4.11 Ring & Pinion
Ball Bearing Support, Open Drive
Ball Bearing Support, Closed Drive
Aluminum Tube Seal
Steel Tube Seal
EDM Ring Gear, Specify Ratio
Polished Aluminum Tubes
Thermal Dispersant Coating, Complete Rear
Thermal Dispersant Coating, Center Section
Thermal Dispersant Coating, Bell
Thermal Dispersant Coating, Cover
Steel High Nuts, Gear Cover
Acorn Nuts, Gear Cover
Steel High Nuts, Chrome, Gear Cover
Flanged Nuts, Gear Cover
Short High Nuts, Gear Cover
2 1/2” Wide 5 Aluminum Tubes
2 1/2” Wide 5 Aluminum Tubes, One Side Only
Locker Springs, 58 lbs
Enduro (10”)
OPTION
8181L15D
8181L15U
8181L18D
8181L18U
8181L20D
8181L20U
8181R05D
8181R05U
8181R10D
8181R10U
8181R15D
8181R15U
8181R18D
8181R18U
8181R20D
8181R20U
8181R25D
8181R25U
8182B
8183
8183M
8184
8185
8186P
8190
1/2 8190
8190A
1/2 8190A
8191
8194M-28
8194M-31
8195-28
8195-31
8197
8198
8199
8201
8201S
8202-XXX
8207-A
8208
8208-02
8208-B
8208-C
8210
8210-AC
8210-C
8210-FL
8210S
8213
1/2 8213
8214-58
8214-68
Heavy Duty (10”)
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
104
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
7” Quick Change
★
★
Xtremeliner (10”)
DESCRIPTION
Heavy Duty Center, Mini
Heavy Duty Cover Gasket
REM® Finish, Axle
REM® Finish, Differential Gears
REM® Finish, Locker Internal Assembly
MicroBlue® Bearing
REM® Finish, Quick Change Gears
REM® Finish, Ring & Pinion
42 Spline Aluminum Tubes, Steel Spindles
42 Spline Aluminum Tubes, Steel Spindles, One Side Only
Internal Bearing Retainer, Gear Cover
Yoke, 1310 Series
Track Star
Front Quick Change
Yoke, Strap Design
Side Bell Stud Kit, Titanium, 8 3/8” & 7”
Gear Cover with Coolant Pump
Short Wide 5 Tubes
Short Wide 5 Tubes, One Side Only
Tube & Bell Lock Nut Assembly, 4 & 6 Rib
Tube & Bell Lock Nut Assembly, One Side Only
Tube & Bell Lock Nut Assembly, 8 Rib
Splined Tubes
Aluminum 2 7/8” Wide 5 Tubes
Rotor Option, .810 x 12 1/8”, P/N 2394
Rotor Option, .810 x 11 3/4”, P/N 2394GM
Rotor Option, .810 x 11 3/4”, Lightweight, P/N 2394GM
Rotor Option, 1.25 x 11 3/4”, P/N 6608GM
Rotor Option, 1.25 x 11 3/4”, Drilled, P/N 6608GM
Low Drag Bearings, Differential, Steel
Low Drag Bearings, Pinion, Steel
Thrubolts, 6” (Specify Pattern/Qty.)
Thrubolts, 6 1/2” (Specify Pattern/Qty.)
Sprint Gear Cover, Big Bearing with Retainers
6 Rib Bell with Inspection Plug (For Pump Use)
Angular Contact Ball Bearings with Steel Balls
Steel 2 7/8” Wide 5 Tubes
Aluminum Sprint Gear Cover Pump
Solid Seal Plate
Yoke, 1350 Series
Steel 2 7/8” GN 5 on 5 Tubes
Enduro (10”)
OPTION
8214-90
8216M
8217
8218-A
8218-DG
8218-LIA
8218-MBB
8218-QCG
8218-RP
8223
1/2 8223
8225
8227
8231
8232
8233
8234
8235
8236
1/2 8236
8237
1/2 8237
8237-8
8238
8239
8240
8241
8241L
8243
8243L
8244S-CT
8244S-P
8249
8249L
8252
8253
8254S
8263
8264
8268
8275
8279
8298
8299
Heavy Duty (10”)
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
★
105
CAMBER
8 BOLT SPINDLE AND TUBE ACCESSORIES
AVAILABLE CAMBER
Specify “Up” or “Down”
(See Definition of Camber diagam below)
Wide 5
2” GN
0.5°
1.0°
1.5°
0.5° 1.0°
1.5° 2.0°
2.5°
#
1
1
1
2
2
3
3
3
3
4*
5*
Not sold as an assembly.
Components must be
purchased separately.
5
3
2 1/2” GN
4
2
1.5°
1
DESCRIPTION
Seal Sleeve
Seal Sleeve
Seal Sleeve
O’Ring
O’Ring
Spindle Bolts
Spindle Bolts
Spindle Bolts
Spindle Bolts
See pg. 58 for 8 Bolt Tubes
See pg. 59 for 8 Bolt Spindles
APPLICATION
Wide 5
2” GN
2 1/2” GN
Wide 5 & 2” GN
2 1/2” GN
Steel Tube Thick Flange
Aluminum
Tube Thick Flange
5
Steel Tube Thin Flange
Aluminum Tube Thin Flange
3
*Wide 5 Thin Flange Shown
P/N
6993
1440
1441
7464
7446
7873
7774
7970
7970A
4
2
1
DEFINITION OF CAMBER
5
Because of the varying definitions of camber, Winters uses the designations up & down.
“Up” refers to the threaded end of the spindle pointing up towards the sky.
“Down” refers to the threaded end of the spindle pointing down toward the ground.
Up
Steel Tube and Spindle Assembly
106
Down
Aluminum Tube with Steel Spindle
Assembly
Winters fabricated steel side tube and cambered
spindles are available for the following applications:
Wide 5 (14), 2” GN (15), 2 1/2” GN (16),
Baby Grand (18), and Super Speedway (19).
Third and forth digit of part number indicates
degree of camber.
Winters Aluminum side tube with cambered steel
spindles are available for the same applications as
the steel side tubes. Use the same part number as
“steel” and add the suffix ‘A.’
Example: 1405 for 0.5° (Wide 5)
1410 for 1.0° (Wide 5)
Example: 1405A for 0.5° (Wide 5)
1410A for 1.0° (Wide 5)
3
CAMBERED REAR SPECIFICATION FORM
Degree
Degree
UP –– Pos.
Down
Up
Right Side
Left Side
Down –– Neg.
Straight
Straight
Right Side
Left Side
Degree
Degree
Up
Down
Right Side
Left Side
Degree
Degree
Degree
Degree
Up
Down
Down
Up
Right
Left Side
Please Note: Because of the varying
definitions of camber, Winters uses
theSide
designations up and down.
“UP” refers to the threaded end of the spindle pointing up toward the sky.
“DOWN” Pinion
refers to Positive
the threaded end of the spindle pointing down
towardNegative
the ground.
Pinion
Left Side
Straight
Left Side
Straight
Right Side
Left Side
As shown above, there are various choices for direction of camber. It is essential that we are given
the correct information in order to assemble your rear properly.
Degree
Degree
Please circle the type of camber and note the degree of camber desired for both right and left sides.
Up
Please note if no camber is desired on one Down
side.
Right Side
Left Side
Also shown is degree of pinion tilt. If no tilt is required and the pinion is parallel to the ground, enter
0° for pinion tilt.
Degree
Degree
Pinion Positive
Pinion Negative
Left Side
Left Side
Sign, Date and Return this form by FAX (717-764-0617) or mail to Winters.
Customer Name
Customer No.
Address
Phone
FAX
Signature
Date
107
DIMENSIONAL DATA
WIDE 5
P/N 5270 HEAVY DUTY
P/N 3570 ENDURO
P/N 4270 NON-QUICK CHANGE
Please Note: Popular Dimensions Shown.
All Dimensions Available.
AXLE LENGTH FORMULAS
Aluminum Locker, Winters Track & Triple Track
Flange to Flange + 3.6875” + Offset
Right Axle =
2
C
3 3/4"
8 1/2"
8 1/2"
5"
5.687
5"
Left Axle
Flange to Flange + 3.6875” - Offset
2
Lightweight Aluminum Locker
Flange to Flange
+ 4.9375” + Offset
Right Axle =
2
Inner Brg. Shoulder
End of Spindle
C
Right Axle
Left Axle =
B
Flange to Flange
2
+ 2.4375” - Offset
Right Axle =
Flange to Flange
2
+ 3.1875” + Offset
Left Axle =
Flange to Flange
2
+ 3.1875” - Offset
Flange to Flange
2
+ 4.1875” + Offset
Flange to Flange
2
+ 2.1875” - Offset
Right Axle =
Flange to Flange
2
+ 5.6875” + Offset
Left Axle =
Flange to Flange
2
+ 1.6875” - Offset
Left Axle =
C
L
Tube
B
Left Flange To Centerline
Spool
Right Axle =
Left Axle =
Track Star
Tube
2.937
Right Flange To Centerline
A
Flange To Flange
A
B
C
69 5/8
67 5/8
65 5/8
63 5/8
61 5/8
58 5/8
57 3/8
55 3/8
52 7/8
49 7/8
26.500
25.500
24.500
23.500
22.500
21.000
20.375
19.375
18.125
16.625
30.000
29.000
28.000
27.000
26.000
24.500
23.875
22.875
21.625
20.125
DOUBLE SPLINED AXLE
LENGTH (W/SPOOL)
38
37
36
35 1/8
34 1/8
32 5/8
32
31
29 3/4
28 1/4
WIDE 5 DIRT MODIFIED (8 BOLT THICK FLANGE)
P/N 5280 HEAVY DUTY
P/N 3580 ENDURO
Option 8190 Thin Flange
3 3/4"
C
8 1/2"
Inner Brg. Shoulder
End of Spindle
C
8 1/2"
5"
5"
Left Axle
1.375
Right Axle
5.687
2
Right Axle =
Flange to Flange
2
Lightweight Alum Locker
Flange to Flange
Right Axle =
2
+ 3.6875” - Offset
Flange to Flange
2
+ 2.4375” - Offset
Flange to Flange
2
+ 3.1875” + Offset
Flange to Flange
2
Flange to Flange
Right Axle =
2
+ 3.1875” - Offset
Flange to Flange
2
+ 2.1875” - Offset
Right Axle =
Flange to Flange
2
+ 5.6875” + Offset
Left Axle =
Flange to Flange
2
+ 1.6875” - Offset
Left Axle =
Left Axle =
B
+ 4.9375” + Offset
C
L
Tube
B
Tube
2.937
A
Flange To Flange
Spool
Right Axle =
Left Axle =
Left Axle =
+ 4.1875” + Offset
A
B
C
69 5/8
65 5/8
52 5/8
49 5/8
25.000
23.000
16.500
15.000
28.500
26.500
20.000
18.500
DOUBLE SPLINED AXLE
LENGTH (W/SPOOL)
38
36
29 3/4
28 1/4
Please Note: Spindles are not included in rear end assembly.
Track Star
Keep in mind...with off-set rears, your right tube is longer than the left
tube. Example: 1” off-set moves the rear assembly over 1”.
To do this, the right tube will be 2” longer than the left.
108
DIMENSIONAL DATA
2 1/2” GRAND NATIONAL 5x5
P/N 5063 HEAVY DUTY
P/N 3563 ENDURO
3 3/4"
C
8 1/2"
5"
Spool, Aluminum Locker, Winters Track & Triple Track
Right Axle =
2
2 9/16"
Right Axle
Left Axle
2
Right Axle =
2
Inner Brg. Shoulder
End of Spindle
C
8 1/2"
5"
Left Axle =
C
L
Tube
B
Flange to Flange
2
- 0.750” - Offset
Right Axle =
Flange to Flange
2
+ 2.500” + Offset
Left Axle =
Flange to Flange
2
- 1.500” - Offset
Left Axle =
B
Tube
3 3/16"
A
Flange To Flange
Track Star
When ordering tread width... Your rear assembly may
be straight-up, meaning both tubes are the same length.
A
B
C
65
63 1/4
62
61 3/4
60
59 1/2
58 1/2
23.938
23.062
22.437
22.312
21.437
21.188
20.688
27.438
26.562
25.937
25.812
24.937
24.688
24.188
DOUBLE SPLINED AXLE
LENGTH (W/SPOOL)
33
32 1/8
31 1/2
31 3/8
30 1/2
30 1/4
29 3/4
2” GRAND NATIONAL
P/N 6790 HEAVY DUTY
P/N 3590 ENDURO
3 3/4"
8 1/2"
8 1/2"
5"
Inner Brg. Shoulder
End of Spindle
C
C
5"
Left Axle
3 1/4"
Right Axle
Right Axle =
2
2
Right Axle =
2
Left Axle =
Flange to Flange
2
- 0.875” - Offset
Right Axle =
Flange to Flange
2
+ 1.625” + Offset
Left Axle =
Flange to Flange
2
+ 1.625” - Offset
Right Axle =
Flange to Flange
2
+ 4.125” + Offset
Left Axle =
Flange to Flange
2
+ .125” - Offset
Left Axle =
Spool
Track Star
B
C
L
Tube
B
Tube
2 5/8"
A
Flange To Flange
A
B
C
66 3/4
64 3/4
62
60 3/4
58 3/4
25.500
24.500
23.125
22.500
21.500
29.000
28.000
26.625
26.000
25.000
DOUBLE SPLINED AXLE
LENGTH (W/SPOOL)
35 1/8
34 1/8
32 5/8
32
31
109
DIMENSIONAL DATA
HEAVY DUTY
P/N 2810
Inner Brg. Shoulder
End of Spindle
3 3/4"
C
Spool, Aluminum Locker, Winters Track & Triple Track
Right Axle =
2
C
8 1/2"
8 1/2"
2
Track Star
Right Axle =
2
3 15/16"
5"
5"
Left Axle
Right Axle
Left Axle =
Flange to Flange
Left Axle =
2
B
C
L
Tube
B
- 1.625” - Offset
Tube
4 3/8"
A
Flange To Flange
A
B
C
60
58
56
20.250
19.250
18.250
23.750
22.750
21.750
DOUBLE SPLINED AXLE
LENGTH (W/SPOOL)
30 3/8
29 3/8
28 3/8
ELIMINATOR HUB (PAGE 80)
Right Axle =
2
Left Axle =
Flange to Flange
2
Flange to Flange
Right Axle =
2
8 1/2"
5"
7.890
End of
Spindle
5"
Right Axle
+ 4.1875” - Offset
.78
+ 5.4375” + Offset
B
+ 2.9375” - Offset
Flange to Flange
2
Flange to Flange
Right Axle =
2
+ 3.6875” - Offset
CL
Tube
+ 4.6875” + Offset
+ 2.6875” - Offset
Right Axle =
Flange to Flange
2
+ 6.1875” + Offset
Left Axle =
Flange to Flange
2
+ 2.1875” - Offset
Track Star
B
Tube
4.915
A
Flange To Flange
+ 3.6875” + Offset
Flange to Flange
2
Left Axle =
8 1/2"
C
Left Axle
Flange to Flange
Left Axle =
2
Spool
Flange to Flange
Right Axle =
2
Left Axle =
Inner Brg.
Shoulder
3 3/4"
C
A
B
C
69 5/8
67 5/8
65 5/8
63 5/8
61 5/8
58 5/8
57 3/8
55 3/8
52 7/8
49 7/8
24.530
23.530
22.530
21.530
20.530
19.030
18.405
17.405
16.155
14.655
28.085
27.085
26.085
25.085
24.085
22.585
21.960
20.960
19.710
18.210
DOUBLE SPLINED AXLE
LENGTH (W/SPOOL)
38 1/2
37 1/2
36 1/2
35 5/8
34 5/8
33 1/8
32 1/2
31 1/2
30 1/4
28 3/4
Keep in mind...with off-set rears, your right tube is longer than the left
tube. Example: 1” off-set moves the rear assembly over 1”.
To do this, the right tube will be 2” longer than the left.
110
DIMENSIONAL DATA
BABY GRAND
P/N 2260
Aluminum Locker
Flange to Flange
Right Axle =
2
Flange to Flange
2
Spool & Triple Track
Flange to Flange
Right Axle =
2
Left Axle =
3 1/2"
C
7 1/2"
5"
+ 1.250” + Offset
5"
2 5/8"
Left Axle
Right Axle
- 0.250” - Offset
+ 0.500” + Offset
B
C
L
Tube
B
Flange to Flange
Left Axle =
2
Inner Brg. Shoulder
End of Spindle
C
7 1/2"
+ 0.500” - Offset
Flange to Flange
2
+ 0.875” + Offset
Left Axle =
Flange to Flange
2
+ 0.375” - Offset
3.063"
A
Flange To Flange
Wedgelock
Right Axle =
Tube
A
B
C
60
58
56
54
22.687
21.687
20.687
19.687
25.187
24.187
23.187
22.187
DOUBLE SPLINED AXLE
LENGTH (W/SPOOL)
30
29
28
27
Please Note: Popular
Dimensions Shown. All
Dimensions Available.
WIDE 5 V8
P/N V8-5270 HEAVY DUTY
P/N V8-3570 ENDURO
P/N V8-4270 NON-QUICK CHANGE
3 13/16"
C
5"
Inner Brg. Shoulder
End of Spindle
C
7 9/32"
7 9/32"
5"
Right Axle
Left Axle
Aluminum Locker
Flange to Flange
2
Right Axle =
Flange to Flange
Left Axle =
2
+ 1.250” + Offset
B
- 0.250” - Offset
C
L
Tube
B
Flange to Flange
2
+ 0.500” - Offset
Right Axle =
Flange to Flange
2
+ 0.875” + Offset
Left Axle =
Flange to Flange
2
+ 0.375” - Offset
Wedgelock
2.937"
A
Flange To Flange
Spool & Triple Track (4.11 Only)
Flange to Flange
+ 0.500” + Offset
2
Right Axle =
Left Axle =
Tube
A
B
C
69 5/8
67 5/8
65 5/8
63 5/8
61 5/8
58 5/8
57 3/8
55 3/8
52 7/8
27.688
26.688
25.688
24.688
23.688
22.188
21.563
20.563
19.313
29.969
28.969
27.969
26.969
25.969
24.469
23.844
22.844
21.594
DOUBLE SPLINED AXLE
LENGTH (W/SPOOL)
38
37
36
35 1/8
34 1/8
32 5/8
32
31
29 3/4
Please Note: Popular
Dimensions Shown. All
Dimensions Available.
BABY GRAND V8
P/N V8-2260
Aluminum Locker
Flange to Flange
Right Axle =
2
+ 1.250” + Offset
Flange to Flange - 0.250” - Offset
2
Flange to Flange
+ 0.500” + Offset
Right Axle =
2
Left Axle =
3 13/16"
Please
Note: Popular
Dimensions
Shown. All Dimensions
Available.
C
7 9/32"
5"
B
+ 0.500” - Offset
Flange to Flange
2
+ 0.375” - Offset
Left Axle =
+ 0.875” + Offset
Inner Brg. Shoulder
End of Spindle
C
5"
Right Axle
Left Axle
C
L
Tube
B
Flange to Flange
Left Axle =
2
Wedgelock
Flange to Flange
Right Axle =
2
7 9/32"
2 5/8"
Tube
3.063"
A
Flange To Flange
A
B
C
60
58
56
54
22.750
21.750
20.750
19.750
25.031
24.031
23.031
22.031
DOUBLE SPLINED AXLE
LENGTH (W/SPOOL)
30
29
28
27
111
DIMENSIONAL DATA
2 1/2” GRAND NATIONAL V8 5x5
P/N V8-3563 ENDURO
3 13/16"
7 9/32"
5"
Aluminum Locker
Flange to Flange
2
Right Axle =
7 9/32"
5"
2
Flange to Flange
+ 0.500” + Offset
Right Axle =
2
2 9/16"
Right Axle
Left Axle
+ 1.250” + Offset
Inner Brg. Shoulder
End of Spindle
C
C
Left Axle =
C
L
Tube
B
Flange to Flange
2
+ 0.500” - Offset
Right Axle =
Flange to Flange
2
+ 0.875” + Offset
Left Axle =
Flange to Flange
2
+ 0.375” - Offset
Left Axle =
B
Tube
3 3/16"
A
Flange To Flange
Wedgelock
When ordering tread width... Your rear assembly may
be straight-up, meaning both tubes are the same length.
A
B
C
65
63 1/4
62
61 3/4
60
59 1/2
58 1/2
25.125
24.250
23.625
23.500
22.625
22.375
21.875
27.406
26.531
25.906
25.781
24.906
24.656
24.156
DOUBLE SPLINED AXLE
LENGTH (W/SPOOL)
33
32 1/8
31 1/2
31 3/8
30 1/2
30 1/4
29 3/4
2” GRAND NATIONAL V8
P/N V8-3590 ENDURO
3 13/16"
C
7 9/32"
7 9/32"
5"
Aluminum Locker
Flange to Flange
2
Right Axle =
5"
3 1/4"
Right Axle
Left Axle
+ 1.250” + Offset
2
Flange to Flange
+ 0.500” + Offset
Right Axle =
2
Left Axle =
Flange to Flange
2
+ 0.500” - Offset
Right Axle =
Flange to Flange
2
+ 0.875” + Offset
Left Axle =
Flange to Flange
2
+ 0.375” - Offset
Left Axle =
Inner Brg. Shoulder
End of Spindle
C
Wedgelock
112
B
C
L
Tube
B
Tube
2 5/8"
A
Flange To Flange
A
B
C
66 3/4
64 3/4
62
60 3/4
58 3/4
26.562
25.562
24.188
23.562
22.562
28.844
27.844
26.469
25.844
24.844
DOUBLE SPLINED AXLE
LENGTH (W/SPOOL)
35 1/8
34 1/8
32 5/8
32
31
10” SET-UP
Do Not Torch
350˚F plus and heat treat is
permanently lost. Localized hot
spots cause permanent distortion
and loss of critical alignments.
Castings will “crack” if subjected
to torching.
Magnesium can be ignited - Exercise CAUTION!
Preparatory To Installing Pinion Into Case (Center Section)
1-Retain pinion nose bearing on to the pinion gear with fast dry thread lock to insure the bearing does not fall off
during installation into the center section.
2-Check and remove any nicks or burrs in the center section pinion bore. Make sure center is clean and free of
chemicals or flammable materials.
3-Heat the “clean” center to 270˚- 300°F in an oven.
(DO NOT over heat as loss of heat treatment or distortion will occur.)
Installing Pinion Into Case
Remove heated center section from the oven and lubricate the pinion bearing bores
and bearings. Install “chilled” pinion, then use a urethane (soft) hammer to insure the
pinion is seated.
Install the lower shaft and bearings while the center is still hot (don’t burn yourself).
1-Lubricate all bearing bores
2-Start front ball bearing into case bore approximately 1/8.”
3-Install lower shaft through center section from rear to
front into ball bearing.
4-Slide rear ball bearing over installed shaft and carefully
tap rear bearing evenly into place. Pinion spacer
P/N 5020 and pinion retainer P/N 6269A should now be
installed using (6) P/N 7110 HHCS 3/8-16 x 1” torqued to
20-25 ft lbs.
Install up at 12 o’ clock
P/N 6269A
P/N 5020
Note: All bolts threaded into magnesium or aluminum
should be treated with an anti-seize product.
5-Front ball bearing can now be evenly tapped into place. Note: The above assembly procedure is to
insure that bearings do not “cock” sideways in center section.
6-Front seal plate may now be installed and retaining bolts torqued to 20-25 ft lbs.
Allow assembled unit to cool to room temperature 68-72˚F before attempting to adjust pinion bearing preload.
113
10” SET-UP
Tappered Roller Bearing Pinion Preload
1-When adjusting pinion bearing posi-lock with new bearings, torque the posi nut to
obtain 15-20 in lbs, pinion bearing rotational preload. 8-10 in lbs for used bearings.
Lubricate O’Ring in posi-lock retaining cap. Install retaining cap (use finger
pressure only). If it resists engagement, remove cap from pinion and rotate to next
spline on 10 spline shaft and re-install. 10 splines =10 combinations...Try each
spline for the best “no resistance” fit.
Above preloads are set at 68°-72°F
Posi-Lock Assembly
P/N 6498R
Angular Contact Bearing Pinion Preload
After pinion is installed and case has cooled down to room
temperature (68°-72°F), torque the pinion nut to 80-100 Ft Lbs (approximate) Pinion preload is set. Lubricate O’Ring
in posi-lock retaining cap.Install retaining cap (use finger pressure only). If it resists engagement, remove cap
from pinion and rotate to next spline on 10 spline shaft and re-install.
Carrier Assembly and Ring Gear
1- Adjusting Carrier preload is next. Remove seals and O’Rings from bells.
Do not install ring gear onto carrier or spool as of yet.
2- Stand left side bell and tube vertically with bell up. Install checking bearing on ring gear end
of carrier or spool (refer to chart on page 115 for proper checking bearing).
3- Set carrier and bearing into left vertical bell.
4- Set center section assembly on bell, making sure center section is setting flat against bell flange without bell
seals and O’Rings.
5- Install second checking bearing on carrier.
Whether using tapered roller bearings or angular contact bearings, side bell preload remains the same.
Note: Winters spools are manufactured to use approximately .080 shims for initial preload.
6- Right bell should now be put into position on top of center section. If bell flange has full contact with center
section, shims should be added until right bell flange is held above center section approximately .015 for steel
spool and steel Triple Track, .012 for Winters Track and Track Star, .010 for aluminum locker, and .007 for
Winters aluminum spools and aluminum Triple Track. See figure 1 on page 115 for carrier bearing preload
“crush.”
7- Now that proper shim pack thickness has been determined, the shim pack should be removed and set aside
for step number 9.
8- Ring gear should now be installed on carrier or spool making sure contact surfaces are perfectly clean. Install
all 12 bolts and torque nuts alternating in a crisscross pattern in steps to 35 ft lbs (Use 60 ft lbs for threaded
W/P type ring gear bolts using belleville washers). Loctite® adhesive should be used on these bolts.
9- Place one shim at a time under checking bearing on ring gear side of carrier. Placing carrier and ring gear
assembly in left bell, set center section on left bell and check for ring gear/pinion backlash. Make sure
adjustable ring gear pad in left bell is backed out far enough so that is does not make contact with the ring
gear. (If you remove the wear pad completely DO NOT forget to replace it before tightening the thru bolts or
complete rear will have to be disassembled to re-install the pad.) Carefully add shims until backlash has been
removed. The remaining shims from the original shim pack should be installed on the opposite side of carrier.
Put the right bell in place and bolt together. Check backlash. It should be between .004 and .006. If backlash is
too much, shims from the right side must be moved to the left side. Once proper backlash is reached, the
checking bearings can be removed and regular bearings installed, with shims in place.
114
10” SET-UP
Carrier Assembly and Ring Gear Continued
10-Install new side bell seals (P/N 7205) and O’Rings (4&6 rib bells P/N 7403T, 8 rib bells P/N 7403). Lubricate
seals generously. Reassemble, install thrubolts, washers and nuts. Be sure to torque thrubolts in steps until a
final torque of 35 ft lbs is reached using an alternating
crisscross sequence. Spin the pinion over several times
P/N 7205
P/N 7403
checking the backlash at several intervals. Backlash
should be between .004 and .006. If backlash is not
correct, the rear must be torn apart and the shims
swapped from side to side until proper backlash is
obtained. Tight spots are not acceptable.
11-Adjust ring gear wear pad by running wear pad in
against the ring gear with force of 5 in lbs, then back off
P/N 5378
approximately 1/4 turn to obtain .008 to .010 clearance
Used to Install
between ring gear and wear pad. Tighten jam nut on
Side Bell Seal
adjusting screw being careful not to turn adjusting screw
P/N 7205
any further.
Note: Assembly Temperature: 68˚- 72˚F
FIGURE 1
COMMONLY USED REPLACEMENT PARTS
Right
See page 106
for proper side bell
bearing preload
.007
Feeler gauge
DESCRIPTION
Carrier Bearing, Steel Carrier
Carrier Bearing, Aluminum Carrier
Checking Bearing, Angular Contact, Steel Carrier
Checking Bearing, Angular Contact, Aluminum Carrier
Checking Bearing, Steel Carrier
Checking Bearing, Aluminum Carrier
Carrier Shim Kit, Steel
Carrier Shim Kit, Aluminum
Side Bell Seals
0.375 Front Yoke Seal
0.750 Front Yoke Seal
0.750 Front Yoke Viton Seal
Gear Cover Gasket, 10 Bolt
Heavy Duty Gear Cover Gasket, 10 Bolt
O’Ring, Bell, 4 & 6 Rib
O’Ring, Bell, 8 Rib
Winters Threaded Ring Gear Bolts w/ Washers, 12 each
Winters 80-90-140 Semi Synthetic Gear Oil w/ Moly
.007
Feeler gauge
.008-.010
clearance
Adj. Screw
& Wear Pad
Left
Whether using tapered roller bearings or angular
contact bearings, side bell preload remains the same.
SIZE
2.000
2.031
2.000
2.031
2.000
2.031
2.000
2.031
---------------------------------------------------
P/N
7309
7340
7309ACB
7340ACB
5138
5294
5097
5295
7205
7204
7204T
7204V
6729
6729HD
7403T
7403
7868
1730
vented cap
FIGURE 2
breather/fill can
Can be drilled
& tapped
for fill can.
Pinion inspection plug (option)
can be used for filling. NOT oil level
Filling Port
Oil level plug
CL
RIGHT SIDE
2"
LEFT SIDE
Always maintain oil level at 2" below center line.
Make sure rear is level when checking oil.
Important!
Over-filling can cause
problems as well as
under-filling.
Q.C. gear cavity oil level plug
115
10” N0N-QUICK CHANGE SET-UP
2ND GENERATION PINION
1
3
7
6
5
4
2
9
10
11
12
8
“Place the pinion in the freezer before attempting
installation into the center. Using a cold pinion with a
warm center makes it a snap!”
#
1
2*
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
DESCRIPTION
Ring & Pinion
O’Ring
Inner Bearing Cone
Pinion Bearing
3/8” Washer
3/8-16 x 1 1/4” HHCS
Crush Sleeve
Outer Bearing Cone
Seal
Drive Yoke
Pinion Nut
P/N
7331
35XXX
7490
7554
7569
7114
7107
2276
7553
7260
2216
2222
QTY
1
1
1
1
1
6
6
1
1
1
1
1
* When Ordering R&P Add Prefix 35 To Gear Ratio
Desired. Ex. P/N 35457 for 4.57 Ratio
1-Install 2 each 3/8-16 x 3” guide pins into the center section pinion flange to assure holes line up when
pinion is installed.
2- Check and remove any nicks or burrs in the center section pinion bore. Make sure center is clean and free of
chemicals or flammable materials. Magnesium can be ignited - Exercise CAUTION!
3- Heat the “clean” center to 270˚- 300°F in an oven. (Do not over heat! Loss of heat treat and distortion
will occur).
4- Lubricate pinion bearing bore and bearings.
5- Install “chilled” pinion using a urethane (soft) hammer to insure pinion is seated.
6- Allow assembly to cool to room temperature (68°-72°F) before attempting to adjust
the pinion bearing preload.
7- Back off pinion nut two turns.
8- With a soft punch (brass or aluminum) and a steel hammer, tap (not strike) on the yoke end of pinion to
position pinion nose bearing into it’s bore properly.
9- Using a yoke spanner and 3/4 drive, 1 1/16” - 6 point socket, tighten pinion nut gradually while rotating pinion
to allow bearings to align. Adjust pinion bearing preload to 20-25 in. lbs.
10-Remove guide studs and install bearing retaining bolts (using anti-seize).
Torque to 20-25 ft. lbs.
Pinion installation is now complete.
(See Carrier Assembly and Ring Gear instructions on pages 114 & 115)
116
V8/ MINI 8 3/8” SET-UP
Use specifications
below when assembling
the V8 / Mini Closed
Tube. Use instructions
starting on pages 113115 for proper
sequence.
Do Not Torch
350˚F plus and heat treat is permanently lost. Localized hot spots cause permanent distortion and loss of critical
alignments. Castings will “crack” if subjected to torching.
Magnesium can be ignited - Exercise CAUTION!
Pinion Installation
Make sure center is clean and free of chemicals or flammable materials. Heat center to 270°-300°F in an oven.
(DO NOT over heat as loss of heat treatment or distortion will occur.) Remove heated center from oven, lubricate
pinion bearing bore and bearings. Install “chilled” pinion, using a soft hammer to ensure the pinion is seated.
Pinion Preload
After pinion is installed and case has cooled down to room
temperature (68-72°F), torque the pinion retainer bolts to 25 Ft Lbs.
Preload New pinion bearings, 20 In Lbs max.
Preload Used bearings to 8-10 In Lbs.
Shim Starting Point
.085
Side Bell Preload
without Seals or O’ Rings.
.005 Spool, Aluminum Locker & Triple Track
.007 Wedgelock
Whether using tapered roller bearings or angular contact bearings, side bell preload remains the same.
Back Lash (Ring/Pinion)
.004 - .006 (NO tight spots when rotated)
Torque Specifications
Pinion Retainer Bolts - 25 Ft Lbs.
Gear Cover Bearing Retaining Caps - 60 In Lbs (5 Ft Lb).
★ Slotted Ring Gear Bolt w/Locknut - 35 Ft Lbs.
★ Threaded WP Ring Gear Bolts with Belleville Washers
- Final Torque (steel) 60 Ft Lbs. (use thread lock)
★ Side Bell Nuts - 30 Ft Lbs.
★ Torque alternating in a crisscross pattern in steps to specified final torque.
Note: All torque specs are the same for both Steel and Titanium unless specified otherwise.
After Ring Gear is installed and back lash is of absolute minimum and the bolts/nuts torqued,
the total preload of the assembly should be: Preload New pinion bearings and seals, 27-29 In Lbs.
Preload Used pinion bearings and seals, 15-20 In Lbs.
To adjust the left bell adjustment screw, turn screw in until it bottoms out (with approx. force of 5 in lbs), then
back it off a 1/4 turn. Use threadlock and tighten aluminum nut.
117
ANGULAR CONTACT BEARINGS
RACE-BRED TECHNOLOGY FROM WINTERS,
LOW DRAG ANGULAR CONTACT BEARINGS AND SEALS!
Winters Low Drag Angular Contact Bearings generate less heat, less lubrication required
and less energy consumption resulting in cooler operation. Available with steel balls.
Silicon nitride balls have 50% higher modulus of elasticity resistance to deformation and 15 20% increase in elasticity while having 3-4 times the service life of conventional bearings.
Available for various applications and products! Call for availability.
P/N
7301ACS
7309ACS
7324ACS
7325ACS
7340ACS
8642ACS
8658ACS
DESCRIPTION
13/32” With 18 Steel Balls
7/16” with 16 Steel Balls
APPLICATION
Rear Wheel Hub, 2 1/2” GN, 5x5, 2 1/2” Wide 5
Rear Wheel Hub, 2” GN 5x5, 2” Bearing
Wide 5 Inner
Wide 5 Outer, Baby Grand
10”, 8 3/8”, Non-QC, Xtremeliner, 7”, V8
Pinion, 10” Quick Change
2 7/8” Tube Assembly
7283V
7210V
Low Drag Seal
Low Drag Seal
10”, 8 3/8”, Non-QC, Xtremeliner, 7”, V8
Wide 5
7309ACB
7340ACB
2.00 Checking Bearing, Angular Contact, Steel Carrier
2.031 Checking Bearing, Angular Contact, Aluminum Carrier
OPTION
8254S-25
8254S-2
8254S-BG
8244S-CT
8244S-P
8254S-287
NOTE: Ceramic Balls Available For Light Duty Applications
When using angular contact bearings in hub assembly, pack bearings with wheel bearing grease as normal.
Snug bearing locknut removing all bearing play. Do not over torque nut assembly. Hub should spin freely with no
end play (zero preload). Secure locknut.
Angular Contact Bearing Pinion Preload
After pinion is installed and case has cooled down to room temperature (68°-72°F), torque the pinion nut to
80-100 Ft Lbs (approximate) Pinion preload is set. Lubricate O’Ring in posi-lock retaining cap. Install retaining
cap (use finger pressure only). If it resists engagement, remove cap from pinion and rotate to next spline on 10
spline shaft and re-install. Whether using tapered roller bearings or angular contact bearings, side bell preload
remains the same. (see pages 113-117)
LOW DRAG YOUR ENTIRE RACE CAR!!!
118
IMPORTANT INFORMATION
SPREADER BOLT INSTALLATION
KIT P/N 4607
Axles are to be positioned by means of spreader bolts as
shown below. Use grade 8 (minimum) bolt with jam nut. Install
into opposing ends of axles and adjust for 1/8-3/16” total
clearance with both axle retaining plates installed. Torque jam
nuts to 30 Ft. Lbs.
BELL TORQUING PROCEDURE
Caution
Over torquing can induce permanent and unwanted
angularities as shown in illustration at right.
When attaching suspension brackets, exercise care when
torquing thru bolts.
Over torquing these bolts
will induce camber and/or
toe-in or toe-out
Use a torque wrench to tighten bolts in steps. Tighten in a
criss cross pattern to 35 ft. lbs.
TIE DOWN PROCEDURE
BREAK-IN PROCEDURE
As with any new or rebuilt product, be it an engine, transmission or rear end, it is important to avoid premature
wear on the gears and bearings by avoiding full throttle loads and high RPM conditions for at least 20 miles. Start
break in at 30% power and gradually increase not to exceed 80% power.
Return the car to the pits, drain and refill the gear lube in both the rear end and the quick change gear cavity to the
proper oil levels with the car sitting level. (over filling will cause excessive heat)
If car is equipped with an oil circulator pump, it is advisable to use an inline filter (change oil and filter after each event)
Winters recommends the continued use of Winters P/N 1730 with Moly, semi synthetic lubricant or Mobil 1® for the life
of your rear end.
119
FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS
What type of oil should I use in my Winters Rear End?
Use a good quality lube, such as Winters 80-90-140 semi synthetic with moly or Mobil 1 Hypoid 70-90 (GL5)
synthetic.
What oil level should I maintain in my Winters Rear End?
Do Not over-fill!! Too much lube causes excessive heat! (see illustration below)
Full Size Rears 10”
Always maintain oil level at 2” below axle center line. Make sure
the rear is level when checking oil.
Can be drilled
& tapped
for fill can.
Pinion inspection plug (option)
can be used for filling. NOT oil level
Fill until the oil runs out
the Oil level plug!
Mini / V8 8 3/8”, 7”
Always maintain oil level at 1 3/4” below axle center line. Make
sure the rear is level when checking oil.
How do I fill my Winters Rear End with oil?
The fill plug is located on the left side bell. Optional pinion
inspection plug, right bell, may be used to fill, however, DO NOT
USE to determine fluid level. To determine fluid level, fill until the
oil runs out the oil level plug in the front of the right side bell.
(see illustration at right )
Ring gear bolt torque specifications.
Threaded Ring Gear Bolts-60 Ft. Lbs. using red thread lock.
Non-Threaded Ring Gear Bolt and Locknut-35 Ft. Lbs.
Side bell stud torque specifications.
Full size rears, 10” (7/16” studs) 35 Ft Lbs.
Mini / V8 8 3/8”, 7” (3/8” studs) 30 Ft Lbs.
What is the correct way to install quick change gears?
The machined lip faces out.
Can I use Helical Gears in my Winters Rear End?
Not in extreme applications. Helical gears create excessive and
destructive thrust loads on all shafts and bearings. Helical gears
have their advantages, but not in this application.
Can I use Wide Gears in my Winters Rear End?
No. It’s a fact – wide quick change gears will cause over-heating in
long races.
CL
Oil level
RIGHT SIDE
Make sure rear is level when checking oil.
Fact: Titanium is 60% the
weight of steel
Fact: Aluminum is approx.
33% the weight of steel
Fact: Magnesium is 66%
the weight of aluminum
See Machinery Handbook for
strengths of metals, published by
Industrial Press Inc., New York
How do I remove my pinion?
Make sure that the center is clean and free of chemicals or flammable materials. Use an oven to heat your center
to 270°- 300°F. Magnesium can be ignited - Exercise CAUTION! Torching your center will damage the casting and
ring & pinion life will be adversely affected.
Can I use Quick Change side bells on my Non-Quick Change?
Yes. However, the side bells are rotated 180° forward. This will affect mounting brackets, etc., that are welded to
the tubes.
Can I determine R&P ratio without opening up the rear?
Yes. Elevate the car (engine off). Remove quick change gears. Chalk mark the tire at the 12 o’clock position.
Chalk mark the pinion at the 12 o’clock position. Rotate the tire by hand 1 complete revolution. Count pinion
rotation as tire is rotated. Just past 4 revolutions = 4.11/4.12, 4 1/2 revolutions = 4.57, almost 5 revolutions = 4.86.
120
WINTERS PERFORMANCE PRODUCTS, INC.
1580 Trolley Road
York, PA 17408 USA
Hours
8:30 am to 5:30 pm EST Monday - Friday
P: 717-764-9844
F: 717-764-0617
www.wintersperformance.com
There is no substitute for the best! All Winters Rears are assembled with light pinion preload
and light carrier preload. Winters uses the finest ring & pinions money can buy, assuring you
optimum efficiency and reliability.
Some of our most popular options include Lightweight Ring Gears, Gundrilled Pinions, REM®
Surface Finish, Soft Lip Viton Seals with Light Springs, Gundrilled Lower Shafts, Aluminum
Yokes, Angular Contact Pinion and Carrier Bearings, Thermal Heat Dispersant, Lightweight
Differentials and Titanium Bolt Kits just to name a few.
Over 50 years of experience has made us what we are today, the best manufacturer of Quick
Change Rears in the world! Our track record speaks for itself!
Thanks For Choosing Winters!
ORDER POLICY
• Know your customer number.
• Order by part number. Winters will not be responsible for incorrect orders placed by description only.
• Specify shipping instructions - otherwise use our discretion.
• Refused orders will have a $25.00 handling charge and applicable freight charges billed to the customers
account.
• Special orders cannot be cancelled after the order is in process.
RETURN POLICY
IMPORTANT: All returns must include a Return Authorization Number (RA#), The issuance of an RA# does not
constitute a guarantee of credit or replacement. Credit, refund or replacement will only be issued after an
inspection and determination at our discretion. No returns are accepted on special order merchandise, obsolete
products, damaged, used or altered merchandise. Returns will not be accepted after six (6) months of date of
purchase.
ALL RETURNED MERCHANDISE MUST INCLUDE:
• RA# clearly written on outside of box(s) as well as:
- Customer number, name and phone number
- Copy of invoice
- Written explanation for cause of return
- Whether the return is for credit, refund or replacement
• Returned merchandise is subject to the following restocking fees (except sellers error):
- 1 to 90 Days = 15%
- 91 Days to Six (6) Months = 25%
• Returns must be freight pre-paid (except sellers error)
• Returned parts must be packaged properly to avoid damage in transit
• SHIPPING DAMAGES MUST BE REPORTED IMMEDIATELY TO YOUR CARRIER
• SHORTAGE CLAIMS MUST BE REPORTED IMMEDIATELY
• SAVE YOUR CARTONS
LIMITED WARRANTY
Background
Winters Performance Products, Inc., referred to herein as “Winters”, manufactures parts and equipment which are purchased by persons in
various industries, who may install and use Winters parts and equipment in applications which may not be suitable for that Purchaser’s intended purpose. Purchaser understands, recognizes and acknowledges that all parts and equipment manufactured or sold by Winters are
exposed to many, varied and unforeseeable uses and conditions. As a consequence, Winters can make no promise, warranty, affirmation or
representation as to the performance of its parts or equipment, nor does Winters make any description of the parts or equipment sold to
Purchaser, nor does Winters make any description or affirmation of fact concerning any sample or model of parts or equipment except as
specifically set forth in this Limited Warranty. As further consideration for Purchaser using Winters’ parts or equipment, Purchaser acknowledges that, due to differing conditions and circumstances under which all parts and equipment are installed and used, Purchaser is not
relying on Winters’ skill and judgment to select or furnish the proper part or equipment. Purchaser expressly affirms that it is relying on its
own expertise, skill, and judgment to select, purchase, and install parts or equipment which are suitably safe and durable for their intended
purpose. Purchaser assumes all risks associated with the performance of Winters’ parts.
Limited Warranty
Winters warrants to Purchaser that any part or equipment manufactured by Winters (“a Part”) will conform to the description of such Part
contained in the catalog most recently published by Winters prior to the time of sale of such part or equipment to Purchaser (“the Description”). WINTERS MAKES NO OTHER WARRANTY, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WITH RESPECT TO ANY PART. WINTERS
EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR USE OR PURPOSE
AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTY AS TO PERFORMANCE OF ANY PART. The liability of Winters for breach of the
foregoing warranty is limited to repair or replacement of any Part determined to fail to conform to its Description prior to installation and
use. The burden of establishing that any Part fails to conform to its Description shall be upon Purchaser. In order to be entitled to repair or
replacement of any Part, Purchaser must (i) inspect the Part upon receipt; and (ii) notify Winters in writing of the defect PRIOR TO
INSTALLATION OF THE PART. In no event shall Winters be liable hereunder for any Part which has been installed. Purchaser assumes
all risk relating to a Part once such Part is installed. WINTERS SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL OR
INDIRECT DAMAGES (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOST PROFITS) OR FOR LOSS OR DAMAGE DIRECTLY OR
INDIRECTLY ARISING FROM THE USE OF A PART. Every claim under this Limited Warranty shall be deemed waived unless made in
writing within ninety (90) days of delivery of the Part by Winters to Purchaser. Purchaser acknowledges that, due to the multiple uses of
Parts, it is impossible for Winters to predict the performance of any Parts once installed or the suitability of any Parts for any particular use.
Purchaser expressly acknowledges its obligation to inform all users (customers) of the above disclaimer.
Indemnity Against Third Party Claims
PURCHASER HEREBY AGREES TO INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS WINTERS FROM AND AGAINST ANY AND ALL
CLAIMS, LIABILITY, LOSS AND DAMAGES, INCLUDING ATTORNEYS FEES, MADE BY ANY THIRD PARTY AGAINST
WINTERS RELATING TO A PART OR THE USE OF ANY PART. Purchaser understands and agrees that no officer, director, employee
or agent of Winters (including but not limited to any vendor, dealer, or distributor) has any authority to make any statements contrary to the
terms of this Limited Warranty. Winters specifically disavows any statements contrary to what is above written.
Choice of Law/Venue
This Limited Warranty shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. Any legal
action which may arise as a result of disputes, controversies, or claims arising out of or related to this Limited Warranty or the purchase or
use of any Part shall be litigated exclusively in the Court of Common Pleas of York County, Pennsylvania or the United States District Court
for the Middle District of Pennsylvania.
Miscellaneous
This writing constitutes the full, complete and final statement of Winters’ Limited Warranty for Parts. All prior oral and written correspondence, test data, negotiations, representations, understandings and the like regarding Parts are merged in this writing and extinguished by
it. This Limited Warranty may not be altered, amended, extended or modified except by a writing signed by the President or Vice President
of Winters. Winters’ failure at any time to enforce any of the terms and conditions stated herein shall not constitute a waiver of any of the
provisions herein. This Limited Warranty shall not be assigned by Purchaser. Winters responsibility for merchandise shipped via common
carrier ceases upon delivering the order to the carrier. Winters is not responsible for merchandise lost or damaged in transit. Purchaser
must file a claim with the delivery carrier for merchandise lost or damaged during transit. Winters will assist Purchaser by supplying any
information necessary for submission of a claim. It is the responsibility of the Purchaser to comply with all laws and regulations, Federal,
State and Local, governing resale of products sold by Winters. NSF Charge: $38.00 per returned check/payment. Repayments must be by
cashier check or money order.
On request, all parts in Winters Performance Products, Inc. inventory and/or catalog are
available in super strength heat treated steel (300,000/350,000 P.S.I. tensile strength) @
extra cost and special order. Refer to machinery handbook for strengths of other materials.
RACING IS A DANGEROUS SPORT THAT CAN RESULT IN SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH.
THE ULTIMATE RESPONSIBILITY FOR PARTICIPANT AND VEHICLE SAFETY LIES WITH
THE PARTICIPANT.
©2011 - Winters Performance Products, Inc. All rights reserved. Winters claims no responsibility for typographical errors.
Contents of this catalog may not be reproduced without written permission.

quick change and 9” rears

Transcription

Similar documents

"WE MAKE THE DIFFERENCE" - Bernheisel Race Components

Bulletin #3996 - Century Electric Motors

Kerf Frame Weatherstripping